Bug#1001813: O: dnshistory -- Translating and storing of IP addresses from log files

2021-12-16 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: wnpp
Severity: normal

I intend to orphan the dnshistory package.

The package has had no upstream for many years. It is outdated and recently got
removed from testing. It should be considered for removal from Debian.

The package description is:
 Provide a means for storing a history of DNS/Name changes for the IP Addresses
 extracted from web log files. The major target being that multiple analyses of
 older log files do not require re-lookups of IP Address to FQDNs, and
 additionally maintain the accuracy of the lookup as it was then and not as it
 is now.
 Provide a means for storing a history of DNS/Name changes for the IP Addresses
 extracted from web log files. The major target being that multiple analyses of
 older log files do not require re-lookups of IP Address to FQDNs, and
 additionally maintain the accuracy of the lookup as it was then and not as it
 is now.



Bug#864599: python-minimal: pyclean, pycompile and pyversions: Error when /usr/bin/python is python3

2017-06-11 Thread Matthias Julius
Am 11.06.2017 um 12:35 schrieb Piotr Ozarowski:
> Control: severity 864599 wishlist
> 
> [Matthias Julius, 2017-06-11]
> 
> /usr/bin/python is not something you should be changing via alternatives

Why not?  Can there be no legitimate reason for wanting python3 to be
the default python?

>>   File "/usr/bin/pyclean", line 63
>> except (IOError, OSError), e:
>>  ^
>> SyntaxError: invalid syntax
> 
> if you want Python 3 version of these scripts, use py3compile / py3clean

This is not the point.  Debconf's install script is apparently using
them and they fail if python3 is the default.  This makes debconf
uninstallable.  I don't think this is a bug in debconf.

>> #! /usr/bin/python2
>>
>> helped. They are apparently not compatible with python3.
> 
> I'm not a fan of python2 - we'll not change /usr/bin/python to
> something else than Python 2.X so there's no need to change shebangs.

python-policy 2.4.1 says:

"Python scripts that require the default Python 2 version should specify
python2 as the interpreter name."

While that does not say "must" it is still a strong recommendation.  And
I would also consider that good practice - especially if the fix is so easy.

So while this is no policy violation, to me it is more than a "nice to
have".  But, I will leave it up to you to decide on the proper severity.



Bug#864599: python-minimal: pyclean, pycompile and pyversions: Error when /usr/bin/python is python3

2017-06-11 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: python-minimal
Version: 2.7.13-2
Severity: normal

Dear Maintainer,

After setting /usr/bin/python to point to python3 via alternatives the
next update of debconf failed with:

  File "/usr/bin/pyclean", line 63
except (IOError, OSError), e:
 ^
SyntaxError: invalid syntax

and

  File "/usr/bin/pycompile", line 35, in 
from debpython.version import SUPPORTED, debsorted, vrepr, \
  File "/usr/share/python/debpython/version.py", line 24, in 
from ConfigParser import SafeConfigParser
ImportError: No module named 'ConfigParser'

pyversions also fails with:

  File "/usr/bin/pyversions", line 20
except IOError, msg:
  ^
SyntaxError: invalid syntax


Changing the first line of all scripts to

#! /usr/bin/python2

helped. They are apparently not compatible with python3.

Best regards,
Matthias


-- System Information:
Debian Release: 9.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (500, 'testing')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 4.9.0-2-amd64 (SMP w/1 CPU core)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
Init:  systemd (via /run/systemd/system)

Versions of packages python-minimal depends on:
ii  dpkg   1.18.24
ii  python2.7-minimal  2.7.13-2

Versions of packages python-minimal recommends:
ii  python 2.7.13-2

python-minimal suggests no packages.

-- debconf information excluded



Bug#711122: digikam: Import from USB device: file permissions different on landscape/portrait orientation

2013-08-18 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: digikam
Version: 4:2.6.0-1+b2
Followup-For: Bug #711122

This also happens when manually rotating JPEGs that are already on disk.
They get their permissions changed to 600 while umask is set to 0022.

I guess Digikam is creating a temporary copy that is then renamed. It
should adjust the file permissions after that to those of the original
file.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 7.1
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-amd64 (SMP w/4 CPU cores)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=de_DE.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash

Versions of packages digikam depends on:
ii  digikam-data4:2.6.0-1
ii  kde-runtime 4:4.8.4-2
ii  libc6   2.13-38
ii  libgcc1 1:4.7.2-5
ii  libgomp14.7.2-5
ii  libgphoto2-22.4.14-2
ii  libgphoto2-port02.4.14-2
ii  libjasper1  1.900.1-13
ii  libjpeg88d-1
ii  libkdcraw20 4:4.8.4-1
ii  libkdecore5 4:4.8.4-4
ii  libkdeui5   4:4.8.4-4
ii  libkdewebkit5   4:4.8.4-4
ii  libkexiv2-104:4.8.4-1
ii  libkfile4   4:4.8.4-4
ii  libkhtml5   4:4.8.4-4
ii  libkio5 4:4.8.4-4
ii  libkipi84:4.8.4-1
ii  libknotifyconfig4   4:4.8.4-4
ii  libkparts4  4:4.8.4-4
ii  liblcms11.19.dfsg-1.2
ii  liblensfun0 0.2.5-2
ii  liblqr-1-0  0.4.1-2
ii  libmarblewidget13   4:4.8.4-3
ii  libnepomuk4 4:4.8.4-4
ii  libopencv-core2.3   2.3.1-11
ii  libopencv-highgui2.32.3.1-11
ii  libopencv-imgproc2.32.3.1-11
ii  libopencv-legacy2.3 2.3.1-11
ii  libopencv-objdetect2.3  2.3.1-11
ii  libphonon4  4:4.6.0.0-3
ii  libpng12-0  1.2.49-1
ii  libqjson0   0.7.1-7
ii  libqt4-dbus 4:4.8.2+dfsg-11
ii  libqt4-network  4:4.8.2+dfsg-11
ii  libqt4-qt3support   4:4.8.2+dfsg-11
ii  libqt4-sql  4:4.8.2+dfsg-11
ii  libqt4-sql-sqlite   4:4.8.2+dfsg-11
ii  libqt4-xml  4:4.8.2+dfsg-11
ii  libqtcore4  4:4.8.2+dfsg-11
ii  libqtgui4   4:4.8.2+dfsg-11
ii  libqtwebkit42.2.1-5
ii  libsolid4   4:4.8.4-4
ii  libsoprano4 2.7.6+dfsg.1-2wheezy1
ii  libstdc++6  4.7.2-5
ii  libtiff43.9.6-11
ii  libx11-62:1.5.0-1+deb7u1
ii  phonon  4:4.6.0.0-3

Versions of packages digikam recommends:
ii  chromium [www-browser]  28.0.1500.95-1~deb7u1
ii  epiphany-browser [www-browser]  3.4.2-2.1
ii  iceweasel [www-browser] 17.0.8esr-1~deb7u1
ii  kipi-plugins4:2.6.0-1+b2
ii  konqueror [www-browser] 4:4.8.4-2
pn  mplayerthumbs   none
ii  w3m [www-browser]   0.5.3-8

Versions of packages digikam suggests:
ii  digikam-doc  4:2.6.0-1

-- no debconf information


-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org



Bug#718908: digikam: Renaming of image files very slow

2013-08-06 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: digikam
Version: 4:2.6.0-1+b2
Severity: normal

Dear Maintainer,

renaming of image files takes more than a second per file. When renaming
hundreds of files this adds up to a long time. The files are located on
a NFS share. However, mapivi is doing the same job in a fraction of the
time.

Greetings
Matthias


-- System Information:
Debian Release: 7.1
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-amd64 (SMP w/4 CPU cores)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=de_DE.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash

Versions of packages digikam depends on:
ii  digikam-data4:2.6.0-1
ii  kde-runtime 4:4.8.4-2
ii  libc6   2.13-38
ii  libgcc1 1:4.7.2-5
ii  libgomp14.7.2-5
ii  libgphoto2-22.4.14-2
ii  libgphoto2-port02.4.14-2
ii  libjasper1  1.900.1-13
ii  libjpeg88d-1
ii  libkdcraw20 4:4.8.4-1
ii  libkdecore5 4:4.8.4-4
ii  libkdeui5   4:4.8.4-4
ii  libkdewebkit5   4:4.8.4-4
ii  libkexiv2-104:4.8.4-1
ii  libkfile4   4:4.8.4-4
ii  libkhtml5   4:4.8.4-4
ii  libkio5 4:4.8.4-4
ii  libkipi84:4.8.4-1
ii  libknotifyconfig4   4:4.8.4-4
ii  libkparts4  4:4.8.4-4
ii  liblcms11.19.dfsg-1.2
ii  liblensfun0 0.2.5-2
ii  liblqr-1-0  0.4.1-2
ii  libmarblewidget13   4:4.8.4-3
ii  libnepomuk4 4:4.8.4-4
ii  libopencv-core2.3   2.3.1-11
ii  libopencv-highgui2.32.3.1-11
ii  libopencv-imgproc2.32.3.1-11
ii  libopencv-legacy2.3 2.3.1-11
ii  libopencv-objdetect2.3  2.3.1-11
ii  libphonon4  4:4.6.0.0-3
ii  libpng12-0  1.2.49-1
ii  libqjson0   0.7.1-7
ii  libqt4-dbus 4:4.8.2+dfsg-11
ii  libqt4-network  4:4.8.2+dfsg-11
ii  libqt4-qt3support   4:4.8.2+dfsg-11
ii  libqt4-sql  4:4.8.2+dfsg-11
ii  libqt4-sql-sqlite   4:4.8.2+dfsg-11
ii  libqt4-xml  4:4.8.2+dfsg-11
ii  libqtcore4  4:4.8.2+dfsg-11
ii  libqtgui4   4:4.8.2+dfsg-11
ii  libqtwebkit42.2.1-5
ii  libsolid4   4:4.8.4-4
ii  libsoprano4 2.7.6+dfsg.1-2wheezy1
ii  libstdc++6  4.7.2-5
ii  libtiff43.9.6-11
ii  libx11-62:1.5.0-1+deb7u1
ii  phonon  4:4.6.0.0-3

Versions of packages digikam recommends:
ii  chromium [www-browser]  27.0.1453.110-1~deb7u1
ii  epiphany-browser [www-browser]  3.4.2-2.1
ii  iceweasel [www-browser] 17.0.7esr-1~deb7u1
ii  kipi-plugins4:2.6.0-1+b2
ii  konqueror [www-browser] 4:4.8.4-2
pn  mplayerthumbs   none
ii  w3m [www-browser]   0.5.3-8

Versions of packages digikam suggests:
ii  digikam-doc  4:2.6.0-1

-- no debconf information


-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org



Bug#660709: phpldapadmin: [INTL:de] German translation of debconf template

2012-02-20 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: phpldapadmin
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

Please include the revised German translation for debconf in your next
upload.
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2012, the phpldapadmin package's copyright holder
# This file is distributed under the same license as the phpldapadmin package.
#
# Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net, 2006, 2012.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: phpldapadmin 1.2.2-1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: phpldapad...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-02-06 12:20+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-18 13:07+0100\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-ger...@lists.debian.org\n
Language: de\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n
Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../phpldapadmin.templates:1001
msgid LDAP server host address:
msgstr Adresse des LDAP-Servers

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../phpldapadmin.templates:1001
msgid 
Please enter the host name or the address of the LDAP server you want to 
connect to.
msgstr 
Bitte geben Sie den Namen oder die Adresse des LDAP-Servers ein, mit dem Sie 
sich verbinden wollen.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../phpldapadmin.templates:2001
msgid Enable support for ldaps protocol?
msgstr Unterstützung für das ldaps-Protokoll aktivieren?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../phpldapadmin.templates:2001
msgid 
If your LDAP server supports TLS (Transport Security Layer), you can use the 
ldaps protocol to connect to it.
msgstr 
Falls Ihr LDAP-Server TLS (Transport Security Layer - Transport-Sicherheits-
Schicht) unterstützt, können Sie das ldaps-Protokoll verwenden, um sich mit 
ihm zu verbinden.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../phpldapadmin.templates:3001
msgid Distinguished name of the search base:
msgstr Eindeutiger Name der Suchbasis:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../phpldapadmin.templates:3001
msgid 
Please enter the distinguished name of the LDAP search base. Many sites use 
the components of their domain names for this purpose. For example, the 
domain \example.com\ would use \dc=example,dc=com\ as the distinguished 
name of the search base.
msgstr 
Bitte geben Sie den eindeutigen Namen (distinguished name, dn) der Suchbasis 
ein. Viele Installationen verwenden zu diesem Zweck die Komponenten ihres 
Domain-Namens. Zum Beispiel würde die Domain »example.com« als eindeutigen 
Namen der Suchbasis »dc=example,dc=com« verwenden.

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../phpldapadmin.templates:4001
msgid session
msgstr Sitzung

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../phpldapadmin.templates:4001
msgid cookie
msgstr Cookie

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../phpldapadmin.templates:4001
msgid config
msgstr Konfiguration

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../phpldapadmin.templates:4002
msgid Type of authentication
msgstr Art der Authentifizierung

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../phpldapadmin.templates:4002
msgid 
session : You will be prompted for a login dn and a password everytime\n
  you connect to phpLDAPadmin, and a session variable on the\n
  web server will store them. It is more secure so this is the\n
  default.
msgstr 
Sitzung:   Jedes Mal, wenn Sie sich mit phpLDAPadmin verbinden, werden\n
   Sie nach einem Login-dn und einem Passwort gefragt. Diese\n
   werden in einer Sitzungsvariablen im Webserver gespeichert.\n
   Da dies sicherer ist, ist es die Voreinstellung.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../phpldapadmin.templates:4002
msgid 
cookie :  You will be prompted for a login dn and a password everytime\n
  you connect to phpLDAPadmin, and a cookie on your client will\n
  store them.
msgstr 
Cookie:Jedes Mal, wenn Sie sich mit phpLDAPadmin verbinden, werden\n
   Sie nach einem Login-dn und einem Passwort gefragt. Diese\n
   werden in einem Cookie in Ihrem Client gespeichert.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../phpldapadmin.templates:4002
msgid 
config  : login dn and password are stored in the configuration file,\n
  so you have not to specify them when you connect to\n
  phpLDAPadmin.
msgstr 
Konfiguration: Login-dn und Passwort sind in der Konfigurationsdatei\n
   gespeichert. Sie müssen sie nicht angeben, wenn Sie sich\n
   mit phpLDAPadmin verbinden.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../phpldapadmin.templates:5001
msgid Login dn for the LDAP server:
msgstr Login-dn für den LDAP-Server:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../phpldapadmin.templates:5001
msgid 
Enter the name of the account that will be used to log in to the LDAP 
server. If you chose a form based authentication this will be the default 
login dn. In this case you can also leave it empty, if you do  not want a 
default one.
msgstr 
Geben Sie den Namen des Kontos ein, das zur Anmeldung an den LDAP

Bug#588407: debian-installer: d-i copies firmware file to wrong location

2010-07-08 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: debian-installer
Severity: normal

I have installed Squeeze on a Dell Inspiron 8000 laptop from a i386 netinst CD 
downloaded on Tuesday last week.  During network setup d-i pointed out that the 
firmware file e100/d101m_ucode.bin is missing.  After I put that onto a USB 
drive d-i copied it to /lib/firmware where the driver still could not find it.  
Only after I moved the file to /lib/firmware/e100 the network setup went fine.  
I had to do that a second time during installation, unfortunately I don't 
remember at which stage.

Matthias



-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org



Bug#587017: grub-pc: debconf offers to install grub on drives that are RAID members

2010-06-24 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: grub-pc
Version: 1.98-1
Severity: normal

During upgrade the grub-pc package offered to install grub on disks that are 
members of a RAID array.  The disks themselves are members - there are no 
partitions.  I have not tested this, but I believe this will make the RAID or 
the filesystem on it unusable.

If it is not reasonably possible to detect this condition during setup debconf 
should display a warning about it.

Matthias

-- Package-specific info:

*** BEGIN /proc/mounts
/dev/disk/by-uuid/4513d7b8-e0a9-4094-bead-8c40f3889f43 / ext3 
rw,relatime,errors=remount-ro,data=ordered 0 0
/dev/md1 /data/backup ext3 rw,relatime,errors=continue,data=ordered 0 0
/dev/md1 /exports/backup ext3 rw,relatime,errors=continue,data=ordered 0 0
*** END /proc/mounts

*** BEGIN /boot/grub/device.map
(hd0)   /dev/hda
(hd1)   /dev/hdc
(hd2)   /dev/sda
(hd3)   /dev/sdb
*** END /boot/grub/device.map

*** BEGIN /boot/grub/grub.cfg
#
# DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE
#
# It is automatically generated by /usr/sbin/grub-mkconfig using templates
# from /etc/grub.d and settings from /etc/default/grub
#

### BEGIN /etc/grub.d/00_header ###
if [ -s $prefix/grubenv ]; then
  load_env
fi
set default=0
if [ ${prev_saved_entry} ]; then
  set saved_entry=${prev_saved_entry}
  save_env saved_entry
  set prev_saved_entry=
  save_env prev_saved_entry
  set boot_once=true
fi

function savedefault {
  if [ -z ${boot_once} ]; then
saved_entry=${chosen}
save_env saved_entry
  fi
}
insmod raid
insmod mdraid
insmod ext2
set root='(md2)'
search --no-floppy --fs-uuid --set 4513d7b8-e0a9-4094-bead-8c40f3889f43
if loadfont /usr/share/grub/unicode.pf2 ; then
  set gfxmode=640x480
  insmod gfxterm
  insmod vbe
  if terminal_output gfxterm ; then true ; else
# For backward compatibility with versions of terminal.mod that don't
# understand terminal_output
terminal gfxterm
  fi
fi
insmod raid
insmod mdraid
insmod ext2
set root='(md2)'
search --no-floppy --fs-uuid --set 4513d7b8-e0a9-4094-bead-8c40f3889f43
set locale_dir=($root)/boot/grub/locale
set lang=en
insmod gettext
set timeout=5
### END /etc/grub.d/00_header ###

### BEGIN /etc/grub.d/05_debian_theme ###
set menu_color_normal=cyan/blue
set menu_color_highlight=white/blue
### END /etc/grub.d/05_debian_theme ###

### BEGIN /etc/grub.d/10_linux ###
menuentry Debian GNU/Linux, with Linux 2.6.32-5-amd64 --class debian --class 
gnu-linux --class gnu --class os {
insmod raid
insmod mdraid
insmod ext2
set root='(md2)'
search --no-floppy --fs-uuid --set 4513d7b8-e0a9-4094-bead-8c40f3889f43
echoLoading Linux 2.6.32-5-amd64 ...
linux   /boot/vmlinuz-2.6.32-5-amd64 
root=UUID=4513d7b8-e0a9-4094-bead-8c40f3889f43 ro  quiet
echoLoading initial ramdisk ...
initrd  /boot/initrd.img-2.6.32-5-amd64
}
menuentry Debian GNU/Linux, with Linux 2.6.32-5-amd64 (recovery mode) --class 
debian --class gnu-linux --class gnu --class os {
insmod raid
insmod mdraid
insmod ext2
set root='(md2)'
search --no-floppy --fs-uuid --set 4513d7b8-e0a9-4094-bead-8c40f3889f43
echoLoading Linux 2.6.32-5-amd64 ...
linux   /boot/vmlinuz-2.6.32-5-amd64 
root=UUID=4513d7b8-e0a9-4094-bead-8c40f3889f43 ro single 
echoLoading initial ramdisk ...
initrd  /boot/initrd.img-2.6.32-5-amd64
}
menuentry Debian GNU/Linux, with Linux 2.6.30-2-amd64 --class debian --class 
gnu-linux --class gnu --class os {
insmod raid
insmod mdraid
insmod ext2
set root='(md2)'
search --no-floppy --fs-uuid --set 4513d7b8-e0a9-4094-bead-8c40f3889f43
echoLoading Linux 2.6.30-2-amd64 ...
linux   /boot/vmlinuz-2.6.30-2-amd64 
root=UUID=4513d7b8-e0a9-4094-bead-8c40f3889f43 ro  quiet
echoLoading initial ramdisk ...
initrd  /boot/initrd.img-2.6.30-2-amd64
}
menuentry Debian GNU/Linux, with Linux 2.6.30-2-amd64 (recovery mode) --class 
debian --class gnu-linux --class gnu --class os {
insmod raid
insmod mdraid
insmod ext2
set root='(md2)'
search --no-floppy --fs-uuid --set 4513d7b8-e0a9-4094-bead-8c40f3889f43
echoLoading Linux 2.6.30-2-amd64 ...
linux   /boot/vmlinuz-2.6.30-2-amd64 
root=UUID=4513d7b8-e0a9-4094-bead-8c40f3889f43 ro single 
echoLoading initial ramdisk ...
initrd  /boot/initrd.img-2.6.30-2-amd64
}
menuentry Debian GNU/Linux, with Linux 2.6.26-1-amd64 --class debian --class 
gnu-linux --class gnu --class os {
insmod raid
insmod mdraid
insmod ext2
set root='(md2)'
search --no-floppy --fs-uuid --set 4513d7b8-e0a9-4094-bead-8c40f3889f43
echoLoading Linux 2.6.26-1-amd64 ...
linux   /boot/vmlinuz-2.6.26-1-amd64 
root=UUID=4513d7b8-e0a9-4094-bead-8c40f3889f43 ro  quiet
echo

Bug#584847: phpbb3: [INTL:de] German debconf template update

2010-06-06 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: phpbb3
Version: 3.0.7-PL1-2
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

This is the update for the German po-debconf template translation.  Please 
include it in your next upload.


-- System Information:
Debian Release: squeeze/sid
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.32-trunk-amd64 (SMP w/2 CPU cores)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the phpbb3 package.
#
# Copyright ©:
# Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net, 2006, 2010.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: phpbb3 3.0.7-PL1-2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: php...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2010-05-27 18:45-0400\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2010-06-06 23:57-0400\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-ger...@lists.debian.org\n
Language: de\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n
Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../phpbb3.templates:1001
msgid Web server to configure automatically:
msgstr Automatisch zu konfigurierende Webserver:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../phpbb3.templates:1001
msgid 
Please select any web server that should be configured automatically for 
phpBB.
msgstr 
Bitte wählen Sie die Webserver aus, die automatisch für phpBB konfiguriert 
werden sollen.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../phpbb3.templates:2001
msgid Configure the phpBB admin password?
msgstr Das Passwort für den phpBB-Administrator konfigurieren?

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../phpbb3.templates:3001
msgid Password for phpBB admin:
msgstr Passwort für den phpBB-Administrator:

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../phpbb3.templates:3001
msgid Please provide a password for the phpBB user \admin\.
msgstr Bitte geben Sie ein Passwort für den phpBB-Benutzer »admin« ein.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../phpbb3.templates:3001 ../phpbb3.templates:7001
msgid The password must be at least 6 characters long.
msgstr Das Passwort muss mindestens 6 Zeichen lang sein.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../phpbb3.templates:3001
msgid If the password is left blank, a random one will be generated.
msgstr Falls das Passwort frei gelassen wird, wird ein zufälliges erzeugt.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../phpbb3.templates:4001
msgid Password confirmation:
msgstr Passwortbestätigung:

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../phpbb3.templates:4001
msgid Please confirm the password for the phpBB user \admin\.
msgstr Bitte bestätigen Sie das Passwort für den phpBB-Benutzer »admin«.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../phpbb3.templates:5001
msgid Password mismatch
msgstr Passwörter stimmen nicht überein

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../phpbb3.templates:5001
msgid The two passwords you entered were not the same. Please try again.
msgstr 
Die beiden Passwörter, die Sie eingegeben haben, stimmen nicht überein. 
Bitte versuchen Sie es erneut.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../phpbb3.templates:6001
msgid Generation of random password
msgstr Erzeugen eines zufälligen Passwortes

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../phpbb3.templates:6001
msgid The following random password has been configured for the admin user:
msgstr Das folgende zufällige Passwort wurde für den Administrator erzeugt:

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../phpbb3.templates:6001
msgid Make sure you remember it, as it will not be stored in cleartext.
msgstr 
Merken Sie sich das Passwort, da es nicht im Klartext gespeichert wird.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../phpbb3.templates:7001
msgid Password complexity requirements
msgstr Anforderungen an die Passwort-Komplexität




Bug#582348: icinga: [INTL:de] German debconf template translation update

2010-05-19 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: icinga
Version: 1.0.1-3
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

This is an update for the German debconf template translation in connection 
with #579934.

-- System Information:
Debian Release: squeeze/sid
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.32-trunk-amd64 (SMP w/2 CPU cores)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the icinga package.
#
# Copyright ©:
# Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net, 2006, 2010.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: icinga 1.0.1-3\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ici...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2010-05-06 08:46+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2010-05-20 00:04-0400\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-ger...@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n
Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:2001
msgid Apache servers to configure for icinga:
msgstr Für Icinga einzurichtende Apache-Server:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:2001
msgid Please select which Apache servers should be configured for icinga.
msgstr 
Bitte wählen Sie, welche Apache-Server für Icinga eingerichtet werden sollen.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:2001
msgid 
If you would prefer to perform configuration manually, leave all servers 
unselected.
msgstr 
Falls Sie es vorziehen, die Einrichtung manuell durchzuführen, wählen Sie 
keine Server aus.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:3001
msgid Icinga web administration password:
msgstr Passwort für die Web-Administration von Icinga:

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:3001
msgid 
Please provide the password to be created with the \icingaadmin\ user.
msgstr Bitte geben Sie das Passwort für den Benutzer »icingaadmin« ein.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:3001
msgid 
This is the username and password to use when connecting to the Icinga 
server after completing the configuration. If you do not provide a password, 
you will have to configure access to Icinga manually later on.
msgstr 
Dies sind Benutzername und Passwort zur Anmeldung beim Icinga-Server nach 
dessen Einrichtung. Falls Sie 
kein Passwort eingeben, müssen Sie den Zugang zu Icinga manuell 
einrichten.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:4001
msgid Re-enter password to verify:
msgstr Passwort nochmal eingeben:

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:4001
msgid 
Please enter the same user password again to verify you have typed it 
correctly.
msgstr Bitte geben Sie dasselbe Passwort zur Überprüfung erneut ein.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:5001
msgid Password input error
msgstr Fehler bei der Passworteingabe

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../icinga-cgi.templates:5001
msgid The two passwords you entered were not the same. Please try again.
msgstr 
Die beiden Passwörter, die Sie eingegeben haben, sind nicht gleich. Bitte 
versuchen Sie es noch einmal.




Bug#576939: phpbb3: [INTL:de] German debconf template update

2010-04-08 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: phpbb3
Version: 3.0.7-PL1-1
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

This is the update for the German po-debconf template translation.  Please 
include it in your next upload.


-- System Information:
Debian Release: squeeze/sid
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.32-trunk-amd64 (SMP w/2 CPU cores)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2006, Matthias Julius
# This file is distributed under the same license as the phpbb3 package.
#
# Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net, 2006, 2010.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: phpbb3 3.0.7-PL1-1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: php...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-30 11:29-0400\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-08 07:33-0400\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-ger...@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n
Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../phpbb3.templates:1001
msgid apache2
msgstr Apache2

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../phpbb3.templates:1001
msgid lighttpd
msgstr Lighttpd

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../phpbb3.templates:1002
#| msgid Webserver(s) to configure:
msgid Web server to configure automatically:
msgstr Automatisch zu konfigurierende Webserver:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../phpbb3.templates:1002
msgid 
Please select any web server that should be configured automatically for 
phpBB.
msgstr 
Bitte wählen Sie die Webserver aus, die automatisch für phpBB 
konfiguriert werden sollen.



Bug#570741: sun-java6: [INTL:de] German debconf templates translation update

2010-02-20 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: sun-java6
Version: 6-18-2
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared an update for the German debconf template translation.  Please, 
include it in your next upload.

During the review with the German translation team I was notified of some 
possible minor errors in the second msgid:

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../JB-jre.templates.in:1001
msgid 
Due to import control restrictions of some countries, the JCE jurisdiction 
policy files shipped with this package allow \strong\ but limited 
cryptography to be used. An \unlimited strength\ version of these files 
indicating no restrictions on cryptographic strengths is available for those 
living in eligible countries (which is most countries). You download this 
version and replace the strong cryptography versions supplied with this 
package with the unlimited ones.

The last sentence should probably read:

You can download this version and replace the strong cryptography version 
supplied with this package with the unlimited one.

Best reagards,

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: squeeze/sid
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.30-2-amd64 (SMP w/2 CPU cores)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the sun-java6 package.
# Copyright ©:
#
# Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net, 2006, 2010.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: sun-java6 6-18-2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sun-ja...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2010-02-11 10:31+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-21 01:00-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-ger...@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n
Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../JB-jre.templates.in:1001
msgid JCE Unlimited Strength Jurisdiction Policy Files
msgstr JCE Unlimited Strength Jurisdiction Policy Files

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../JB-jre.templates.in:1001
msgid 
Due to import control restrictions of some countries, the JCE jurisdiction 
policy files shipped with this package allow \strong\ but limited 
cryptography to be used. An \unlimited strength\ version of these files 
indicating no restrictions on cryptographic strengths is available for those 
living in eligible countries (which is most countries). You download this 
version and replace the strong cryptography versions supplied with this 
package with the unlimited ones.
msgstr 
Aufgrund von Einfuhrbeschränkungen mancher Länder erlauben die 
Rechtsrichtliniendateien der JCE, wie sie von diesem Paket zur Verfügung 
gestellt werden, die Benutzung »starker« aber eingeschränkter 
Verschlüsselung. Eine Version mit »unbegrenzter Stärke«, die keine 
Einschränkungen der Verschlüsselungsstärke aufweist, ist für diejenigen 
verfügbar, die in berechtigten Ländern leben (das sind die meisten Länder). 
Sie können diese Version herunterladen und die Version mit starker 
Verschlüsselung, die mit diesem Paket geliefert wurde, durch die 
unlimitierte ersetzen.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../JB-jre.templates.in:1001
msgid 
The Java(TM) Cryptography Extension (JCE) Unlimited Strength Jurisdiction 
Policy Files 1.4.2 are available at http://javashoplm.sun.com/ECom/docs/;
Welcome.jsp?StoreId=22PartDetailId=7503-jce-1.4.2-oth-
JPRSiteId=JSCTransactionId=noreg
msgstr 
Die »Java(TM) Cryptography Extension (JCE) Unlimited Strength Jurisdiction 
Policy Files 1.4.2« sind auf http://javashoplm.sun.com/ECom/docs/Welcome.jsp?;
StoreId=22PartDetailId=7503-jce-1.4.2-oth-
JPRSiteId=JSCTransactionId=noreg verfügbar.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../JB-jre.templates.in:2001
msgid Grant the \stopThread\ RuntimePermission?
msgstr Die »stopThread«-RuntimePermission zulassen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../JB-jre.templates.in:2001
msgid 
This permission allows any thread to stop itself using the java.lang.Thread.
stop() method that takes no argument.
msgstr 
Diese Erlaubnis erlaubt jedem Thread, sich selbst anzuhalten, indem er die 
Methode java.lang.Thread.stop() verwendet, die keine Argumente erwartet.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../JB-jre.templates.in:2001
msgid 
Note that this permission is granted by default only to remain backwards 
compatible. It is strongly recommended that you either not grant this 
permission at all or restrict it manually in java.policy to code sources 
that you specify, because Thread.stop() is potentially unsafe.
msgstr 
Beachten Sie, dass diese Erlaubnis nur per Voreinstellung gegeben wird, um 
abwärtskompatibel zu bleiben. Es wird sehr empfohlen, dass Sie diese 
Erlaubnis entweder gar nicht erteilen oder manuell in java.policy auf Code-
Quellen beschränken, die Sie angeben

Bug#539439: kerberos-configs: [INTL:de] German debconf translation update

2009-07-31 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: kerberos-configs
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

I have updated the German translation of the po-debconf template.  Please 
include it in your next upload.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 5.0.2
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable'), (300, 'testing'), (200, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.26-2-xen-amd64 (SMP w/2 CPU cores)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=de_DE.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the kerberos-configs package.
# Copyright ©:
#
# Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net, 2006, 2009.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: kerberos-configs 2.1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: kerberos-conf...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-21 13:57-0400\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-30 12:41-0400\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-ger...@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: Lokalize 0.3\n
Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n

#. Type: title
#. Description
#: ../krb5-config.templates:1001
msgid Configuring Kerberos Authentication
msgstr Konfiguration der Kerberos-Authentisierung

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../krb5-config.templates:2001
msgid Default Kerberos version 5 realm:
msgstr Voreingestellter Realm für Kerberos Version 5:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../krb5-config.templates:2001
msgid 
When users attempt to use Kerberos and specify a principal or user name 
without specifying what administrative Kerberos realm that principal belongs 
to, the system appends the default realm.  The default realm may also be used 
as the realm of a Kerberos service running on the local machine.  Often, the 
default realm is the uppercase version of the local DNS domain.
msgstr 
Wenn Benutzer versuchen, Kerberos zu nutzen und einen Principal 
oder Benutzernamen angeben, ohne dabei festzulegen, zu welchem Kerberos-
Administrationsbereich (Realm) dieser Principal gehört, dann fügt das System 
den voreingestellten Realm an. Der voreingestellte Realm kann auch als Realm 
eines Kerberos-Dienstes verwendet werden, der auf dem lokalen Rechner läuft. 
Der voreingestellte Realm ist die großgeschriebene Version der lokalen DNS-
Domain.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../krb5-config.templates:5001
msgid Add locations of default Kerberos servers to /etc/krb5.conf?
msgstr 
Die Standorte der voreingestellten Kerberos-Server zu /etc/krb5.conf 
hinzufügen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../krb5-config.templates:5001
msgid 
Typically, clients find Kerberos servers for their default realm in the 
domain-name system. ${dns}
msgstr 
Typischerweise finden Clients die Kerberos-Server für ihren voreingestellten 
Realm im Domain-Namen-System. ${dns}

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. Type: text
#. Description
#: ../krb5-config.templates:6001 ../krb5-config.templates:7001
msgid short description unused
msgstr Kurzbeschreibung nicht verwendet

#. Type: text
#. Description
#: ../krb5-config.templates:6001
msgid 
However, the Kerberos servers for your realm do not appear to be listed 
either in the domain-name system or the kerberos configuration file shipped 
with Debian. You may add them to the Kerberos configuration file or add them 
to your DNS configuration.
msgstr 
Jedoch scheinen die Kerberos-Server für Ihren Realm weder im Domain-Namen-
System noch in der Konfigurationsdatei für Kerberos, wie sie mit Debian 
installiert wurde, aufgeführt zu sein. Sie können sie zur Konfigurationsdatei 
von Kerberos oder zu Ihrer DNS-Konfiguration hinzufügen.

#. Type: text
#. Description
#: ../krb5-config.templates:7001
msgid 
Servers for your realm were found in DNS. For most configurations it is best 
to use DNS to find these servers so that if the set of servers for your realm 
changes, you need not reconfigure each machine in the realm. However, in 
special situations, you can locally configure the set of servers for your 
Kerberos realm.
msgstr 
Es wurden Server für Ihren Realm im DNS gefunden. Für die meisten 
Konfigurationen ist es am Besten, das DNS zum Auffinden dieser Server zu 
nutzen. Damit muss nicht jeder Rechner im Realm neu konfiguriert werden, 
falls sich die Server ändern. In besonderen Situationen können Sie jedoch die 
Server für Ihren Kerberos-Realm lokal konfigurieren.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../krb5-config.templates:8001
msgid Kerberos servers for your realm:
msgstr Kerberos-Server für Ihren Realm:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../krb5-config.templates:8001
msgid 
Enter the hostnames of Kerberos servers in the ${realm} Kerberos realm 
separated by spaces.
msgstr 
Geben Sie die Hostnamen von Kerberos-Servern im Kerberos-Realm ${realm} durch 
Leerzeichen getrennt ein.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../krb5-config.templates:9001
msgid Administrative server

Bug#534336: libpam-ldap: [INTL:de] German debconf translation update

2009-06-23 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: libpam-ldap
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

I have updated the German po-debconf translation in coordination with the 
recent template review (#531557).

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: squeeze/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.26-1-xen-amd64 (SMP w/1 CPU core)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=de_DE.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the libpam-ldap package.
# Copyright:
#
# Erik Schanze er...@debian.org, 2004-2007.
# Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net, 2006, 2007, 2009.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: libpam-ldap_184-4.3_de\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: libpam-l...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2009-06-08 06:36+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-23 13:30-0400\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-ger...@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: Lokalize 0.3\n
Plural-Forms:  nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid LDAP administrative account:
msgstr Benutzerkonto zur LDAP-Administration:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Please enter the name of the LDAP administrative account.
msgstr 
Bitte geben Sie den Namen des Benutzerkontos des LDAP-Administrators ein.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
This account will be used automatically for database management, so it must 
have the appropriate administrative privileges.
msgstr 
Dieses Benutzerkonto wird automatisch zur Datenbankverwaltung verwendet. Es 
muss deshalb die nötigen administrativen Berechtigungen besitzen.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid LDAP administrative password:
msgstr Passwort für die LDAP-Administration:

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Please enter the password of the administrative account.
msgstr Bitte geben Sie das Passwort für das Administratorkonto ein.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#. Translators: do not translate ${filename}
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
The password will be stored in the file ${filename}. This will be made 
readable to root only, and will allow ${package} to carry out automatic 
database management logins.
msgstr 
Das Passwort wird in der Datei ${filename} gespeichert. Diese wird nur für 
root lesbar sein und erlaubt es ${package}, sich automatisch zur Verwaltung 
der Datenbank anzumelden.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
If this field is left empty, the previously stored password will be re-used.
msgstr 
Falls dieses Feld frei gelassen wird, wird das zuvor gespeicherte Passwort 
wiederverwendet.

#
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Does the LDAP database require login?
msgstr Erfordert die LDAP-Datenbank eine Anmeldung?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid 
Please choose whether the LDAP server enforces a login before retrieving 
entries.
msgstr 
Bitte geben Sie an, ob der LDAP-Server eine Anmeldung erfordert, bevor 
Einträge abgefragt werden können.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Such a setup is not usually needed.
msgstr Dies ist normalerweise nicht notwendig.

#  Template: shared/ldapns/base-dn
#  ddtp-prioritize: 56
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid Distinguished name of the search base:
msgstr Eindeutiger Name (DN - distinguished name) der Suchbasis:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid 
Please enter the distinguished name of the LDAP search base. Many sites use 
the components of their domain names for this purpose. For example, the 
domain \example.net\ would use \dc=example,dc=net\ as the distinguished 
name of the search base.
msgstr 
Bitte geben Sie den eindeutigen Namen der LDAP-Suchbasis ein. Häufig werden 
Teile des eigenen Domänennamens für diesen Zweck benutzt. Beispielsweise 
würde die Domäne »example.net« als DN der Suchbasis »dc=example,dc=net« 
benutzen.

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:6001
msgid clear
msgstr Klartext

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:6001
msgid crypt
msgstr Crypt

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:6001
msgid nds
msgstr NDS

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:6001
msgid ad
msgstr AD

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:6001
msgid exop
msgstr Exop

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:6001
msgid md5
msgstr MD5

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:6002
msgid Local encryption algorithm to use for passwords:
msgstr Zu verwendende Verschlüsselungsmethode für Passwörter:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:6002
msgid 
The PAM module can encrypt the password locally when changing it, which is 
recommended:\n
 * clear: no encryption

Bug#526730: clamav: [INTL:de] German po-debconf translation update

2009-05-02 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: clamav
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

I have updated the German translation of the po-debconf templates in connection 
with the recent review of those (see #523573).

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 5.0.1
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.26-2-amd64 (SMP w/2 CPU cores)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# Translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the clamav package.
# Copyright:
#
# Erik Schanze m...@erikschanze.de, 2004, 2005.
# Erik Schanze schan...@gmx.de, 2006.
# Helge Kreutzmann deb...@helgefjell.de, 2007.
# Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net, 2009.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: clamav 0.87.1-2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: cla...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2009-04-16 22:41+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2009-05-03 01:25-0400\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-ger...@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n
Plural-Forms:  nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:2001
msgid daemon
msgstr Daemon

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:2001
msgid manual
msgstr manuell

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:2002
msgid Virus database update method:
msgstr Aktualisierungsmethode für die Virus-Datenbank:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:2002
msgid Please choose the method for virus database updates.
msgstr Bitte wählen Sie die Methode für Aktualisierungen der Virus-Datenbank.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:2002
msgid 
 daemon:  freshclam is running as a daemon all the time. You should choose\n
  this option if you have a permanent network connection;\n
 ifup.d:  freshclam will be running as a daemon as long as your Internet\n
  connection is up. Choose this one if you use a dialup Internet\n
  connection and don't want freshclam to initiate new connections;\n
 cron:freshclam is started from cron. Choose this if you want full 
control\n
  of when the database is updated;\n
 manual:  no automatic invocation of freshclam. This is not recommended,\n
  as ClamAV's database is constantly updated.
msgstr 
 Daemon : Freshclam läuft ständig als Daemon. Sie sollten dies wählen,\n
  falls Sie eine permanente Netzwerkverbindung haben.\n
 ifup.d : Freshclam wird nur als Daemon laufen, solange Sie mit dem\n
  Internet verbunden sind. Wählen Sie dies, falls Sie eine\n
  Wählverbindung ins Internet haben und nicht wollen, dass\n
  Freshclam neue Verbindungen aufbaut.\n
 Cron   : Freshclam wird durch Cron gestartet. Wählen Sie dies, falls\n
  Sie genau festlegen wollen, wann die Datenbank aktualisiert\n
  wird.\n
 manuell: Kein automatischer Start von Freshclam. Dies wird nicht\n
  empfohlen, weil die Datenbank von ClamAV ständig aktualisiert wird.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:3001
msgid Local database mirror site:
msgstr Lokaler Datenbank-Spiegel-Server:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:3001
msgid Please select the closest local mirror site.
msgstr Bitte wählen Sie den nächsten lokalen Spiegel-Server.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:3001
msgid 
Freshclam updates its database from a world wide network of mirror sites. 
Please select the closest mirror. If you leave the default setting, an 
attempt will be made to guess a nearby mirror.
msgstr 
Freshclam aktualisiert seine Datenbank von einem weltweiten Netzwerk von 
Spiegel-Servern. Bitte wählen Sie den nächstliegenden Spiegel-Server aus.  
Falls Sie die Voreinstellung beibehalten, wird versucht, den nächstliegenden 
Spiegel zu erraten.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:4001
msgid HTTP proxy information (leave blank for none):
msgstr HTTP-Proxy-Server (leer lassen für keinen):

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:4001
msgid 
If you need to use an HTTP proxy to access the outside world, enter the proxy 
information here. Otherwise, leave this blank.
msgstr 
Falls Sie einen HTTP-Proxy benutzen müssen, um Zugang zur Außenwelt zu 
erlangen, geben Sie hier die Daten dazu ein. Anderenfalls lassen Sie das Feld 
leer.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:4001
msgid Please use URL syntax (\http://host[:port]\;) here.
msgstr Bitte benutzen Sie die URL-Schreibweise (»http://Rechner[:Port]«).

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates:5001
msgid Proxy user information (leave blank for none):
msgstr Proxy-Benutzer-Daten (leer

Bug#507235: [Pkg-kde-extras] Bug#507235: Bug#507235: libkipi6 from KDE4 conflicts with libkipi0

2009-04-20 Thread Matthias Julius
Artur R. Czechowski artu...@hell.pl writes:

 Until then I would imagine you need to decide which you wish to have kipi0 
 or 
 kipi6 applications.
 But you can make life somewhat easier for users during transition time.
 I've found that only conflicting files in libkipi0 and libikipi6 are icons.
 Those icons are looking the same. So, for limited period of time (until
 libkipi0 application are ported to KDE4) icons from libkipi0 could be
 removed and libkipi0 could depend on libkipi6.

Or even better, create a libkipi-common package which contains the
icons and have both libkipi0 and libkipi6 depend on it.

I would expect this issue will come up every time libkipi changes its
soname.

Matthias



-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org



Bug#524497: masqmail: [INTL:de] German po-debconf translation update

2009-04-17 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: masqmail
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

I have updated the German translation of the po-debconf template.  Please 
include it in your next upload.

Matthias


-- System Information:
Debian Release: squeeze/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.26-1-xen-amd64 (SMP w/1 CPU core)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=de_DE.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# Translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the masqmail package.
# Copyright:
#
# Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net, 2006, 2009.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: masqmail 0.2.21-6\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: masqm...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2009-04-06 07:54+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2009-04-15 11:30-0400\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-ger...@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: Lokalize 0.3\n
Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../masqmail.templates:2001
msgid Manage masqmail.conf automatically?
msgstr Automatische Verwaltung von masqmail.conf?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../masqmail.templates:2001
msgid 
The /etc/masqmail/masqmail.conf file can be handled automatically by 
answering a few questions, or entirely manually by the local administrator.
msgstr 
Die Datei /etc/masqmail/masqmail.conf kann automatisch mittels der 
Beantwortung einiger Fragen oder vollständig manuell durch den lokalen 
Administrator verwaltet werden.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../masqmail.templates:2001
msgid 
Note that only specific, marked sections of the configuration file will be 
managed this way if you choose this option; if those markers are missing, you 
will have to update the file manually, or remove the file.
msgstr 
Beachten Sie, dass nur spezifische, markierte Abschnitte der 
Konfigurationsdatei auf diese Weise behandelt werden, falls Sie diese 
Möglichkeit wählen. Falls diese Markierungen fehlen, müssen Sie die Datei 
manuell aktualisieren oder löschen.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../masqmail.templates:3001
msgid Replace existing /etc/masqmail/masqmail.conf file?
msgstr Die existierende Datei /etc/masqmail/masqmail.conf ersetzen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../masqmail.templates:3001
msgid 
The existing /etc/masqmail/masqmail.conf file currently on the system does 
not contain a marked section for automatic configuration management.
msgstr 
Die Datei /etc/masqmail/masqmail.conf, die sich gegenwärtig auf dem System 
befindet, enthält keinen zur automatischen Konfiguration markierten Abschnitt.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../masqmail.templates:3001
msgid 
If you choose this option, the existing configuration file will be backed up 
to /etc/masqmail/masqmail.conf.debconf-backup and a new file written to /etc/
masqmail/masqmail.conf.  If you do not choose this option, the existing 
configuration file will not be managed automatically, and no further 
questions about masqmail configuration will be asked.
msgstr 
Falls Sie diese Möglichkeit wählen, wird die existierende Konfigurationsdatei 
als /etc/masqmail/masqmail.conf.debconf-backup gesichert und eine neue Datei 
wird nach /etc/masqmail/masqmail.conf geschrieben. Anderenfalls wird die 
existierende Konfigurationsdatei nicht automatisch verwaltet und keine 
weiteren Fragen zur Masqmail-Konfiguration werden gestellt.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../masqmail.templates:4001
msgid Masqmail host name:
msgstr Name des Masqmail-Rechners:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../masqmail.templates:4001
msgid 
Please enter the name used by masqmail to identify itself to others. This is 
most likely the machine's hostname. It is used in the SMTP greetings banner 
and generated Message-ID fields, as well as for expansion of unqualified 
addresses, and so on.
msgstr 
Bitte geben Sie den Namen ein, den Masqmail verwendet, um sich bei anderen zu 
identifizieren. Dies ist sehr wahrscheinlich der Rechnername. Er wird im SMTP-
Begrüßungs-Banner und in erzeugten Message-ID-Feldern sowie zur 
Vervollständigung unqualifizierter Adressen und so weiter verwendet.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../masqmail.templates:5001
msgid Hosts considered local:
msgstr Rechner, die als lokal angesehen werden:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../masqmail.templates:5001
msgid 
Please enter a list, separated with semicolons (;), of hosts which are 
considered \local\. Mail to these hosts will be delivered to a mailbox (or 
Maildir or MDA) on this host.
msgstr 
Bitte geben Sie eine durch Semikolons (;) getrennte Liste von Rechnern ein, 
welche als »lokal« angesehen werden. E-Mail an diese Rechner wird an ein 
Postfach (oder Maildir oder MDA) auf diesem Rechner geliefert.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../masqmail.templates:5001
msgid 
You

Bug#478030: [Pkg-kde-extras] Bug#478030: krecipes: Krecipes crashes upon start

2009-04-13 Thread Matthias Julius
Hi Bastian, hi kde-extras team,

I am considering to adopt krecipes and join kde-extras.  I have been
working on updating the package and also fix #473367 since a while.  I
still have to smooth a few rough edges, but I think I will be ready to
present my package in a few days.

Once I am satisfied with the new package I will upload it to
mentors.debian.net and contact pkg-kde-extras for review and
sponsorship.

Matthias



-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org



Bug#518005: [INTL:de] New version of German po-debconf translation

2009-04-02 Thread Matthias Julius
I have updated the po-debconf template translation sent in earlier to
incorporate changes resulting from the recent template review (see
#520591).

Please use this version instead of the old one.

Matthias
# Translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the nut package.
# Copyright (C):
#
# Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net, 2006 - 2009.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: nut 2.4.1-3\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: n...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-26 07:43+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2009-04-02 12:31-0400\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-ger...@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../nut.templates:2001
msgid Configuration changes required
msgstr Änderungen der Konfiguration erforderlich

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../nut.templates:2001
msgid 
Because of numerous changes by upstream authors to NUT's behavior and 
configuration file handling, /etc/nut/nut.conf must be modified before NUT 
can be restarted.
msgstr 
Aufgrund zahlreicher Änderungen am Verhalten von NUT und bei der Verarbeitung 
der Konfigurationsdatei durch die Programmautoren muss /etc/nut/nut.conf 
angepasst werden, bevor NUT neu gestartet werden kann.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../nut.templates:2001
msgid Please read /usr/share/doc/nut/UPGRADING.gz for the upgrading procedure.
msgstr 
Bitte lesen Sie /usr/share/doc/nut/UPGRADING.gz bezüglich der Upgrade-
Prozedur.


Bug#518330: postgrey: [INTL:de] Update for German po-debconf translation

2009-03-26 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: postgrey
Followup-For: Bug #518330

After the review of the English strings I have updated the German translation.  
Please include this instead of the version originally sent.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 5.0
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-5-xen-amd64 (SMP w/2 CPU cores)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=de_DE.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash



-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org



Bug#518330: Missing attachment

2009-03-26 Thread Matthias Julius
Unfortunately, reportbug did not give me a chance to attach the file.
Here it is.

Matthias
# Translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the postgrey package.
# Copyright (C):
#
# Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net, 2009.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: postgrey 1.32-4\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: postg...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-24 07:06+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-24 07:32-0400\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-ger...@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../postgrey.templates:2001
msgid Default TCP port change
msgstr Änderung des voreingestellten TCP-Ports

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../postgrey.templates:2001
msgid 
Postgrey is now listening on port 10023 (rather than 6), which brings its 
behavior closer to the default upstream settings.
msgstr 
Postgrey nimmt Verbindungen nun an Port 10023 entgegen (und nicht 6). 
Dies bringt sein Verhalten näher an die Voreinstellungen der 
Programmautoren.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../postgrey.templates:2001
msgid 
You will need to adjust its configuration (usually in /etc/postfix/main.cf) 
accordingly.
msgstr 
Sie müssen seine Konfiguration entsprechend anpassen (normalerweise /etc/
postfix/main.cf).


Bug#519281: evolution-exchange: does not work with Exchange 8.1

2009-03-11 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: evolution-exchange
Version: 2.22.3.dfsg-1
Severity: normal

When trying to connect to our Exchange server evolution says: The server is 
running Exchange 5.5. 
Exchange Connector supports Microsoft Exchange 2000 and 2003 only.

However, Exchange identifies itself as version 8.1

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 5.0
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.26-1-686 (SMP w/1 CPU core)
Locale: LANG=en_US.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash

Versions of packages evolution-exchange depends on:
ii  evolution  2.22.3.1-1groupware suite with mail client a
ii  gconf2 2.22.0-1  GNOME configuration database syste
ii  libart-2.0-2   2.3.20-2  Library of functions for 2D graphi
ii  libatk1.0-01.22.0-1  The ATK accessibility toolkit
ii  libbonobo2-0   2.22.0-1  Bonobo CORBA interfaces library
ii  libbonoboui2-0 2.22.0-1  The Bonobo UI library
ii  libc6  2.7-18GNU C Library: Shared libraries
ii  libcairo2  1.6.4-7   The Cairo 2D vector graphics libra
ii  libcamel1.2-11 2.22.3-1.1The Evolution MIME message handlin
ii  libebook1.2-9  2.22.3-1.1Client library for evolution addre
ii  libecal1.2-7   2.22.3-1.1Client library for evolution calen
ii  libedata-book1.2-2 2.22.3-1.1Backend library for evolution addr
ii  libedata-cal1.2-6  2.22.3-1.1Backend library for evolution cale
ii  libedataserver1.2-92.22.3-1.1Utility library for evolution data
ii  libedataserverui1.2-8  2.22.3-1.1GUI utility library for evolution 
ii  libexchange-storage1.2 2.22.3-1.1Client library for accessing Excha
ii  libfontconfig1 2.6.0-3   generic font configuration library
ii  libfreetype6   2.3.7-2   FreeType 2 font engine, shared lib
ii  libgconf2-42.22.0-1  GNOME configuration database syste
ii  libglade2-01:2.6.2-1 library to load .glade files at ru
ii  libglib2.0-0   2.16.6-1  The GLib library of C routines
ii  libgnome2-02.20.1.1-1The GNOME 2 library - runtime file
ii  libgnomecanvas2-0  2.20.1.1-1A powerful object-oriented display
ii  libgnomeui-0   2.20.1.1-2The GNOME 2 libraries (User Interf
ii  libgnomevfs2-0 1:2.22.0-5GNOME Virtual File System (runtime
ii  libgtk2.0-02.12.11-4 The GTK+ graphical user interface 
ii  libice62:1.0.4-1 X11 Inter-Client Exchange library
ii  libldap-2.4-2  2.4.11-1  OpenLDAP libraries
ii  liborbit2  1:2.14.13-0.1 libraries for ORBit2 - a CORBA ORB
ii  libpango1.0-0  1.20.5-3  Layout and rendering of internatio
ii  libpixman-1-0  0.10.0-2  pixel-manipulation library for X a
ii  libpng12-0 1.2.27-2  PNG library - runtime
ii  libpopt0   1.14-4lib for parsing cmdline parameters
ii  libsm6 2:1.0.3-2 X11 Session Management library
ii  libsoup2.4-1   2.4.1-2   an HTTP library implementation in 
ii  libx11-6   2:1.1.5-2 X11 client-side library
ii  libxcb-render-util00.2.1+git1-1  utility libraries for X C Binding 
ii  libxcb-render0 1.1-1.1   X C Binding, render extension
ii  libxcb11.1-1.1   X C Binding
ii  libxml22.6.32.dfsg-5 GNOME XML library
ii  libxrender11:0.9.4-2 X Rendering Extension client libra
ii  zlib1g 1:1.2.3.3.dfsg-12 compression library - runtime

evolution-exchange recommends no packages.

Versions of packages evolution-exchange suggests:
pn  evolution-exchange-dbgnone (no description available)

-- no debconf information



-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org



Bug#419086: O: varkon -- A CAD-system with parametric modelling

2009-03-10 Thread Matthias Julius
retitle 419086 O: varkon -- A CAD-system with parametric modelling
stop

Unfortunately, I have not been able to provide updated packages for
varkon.  This package has proven a lot more difficult to deal with
than expected.  Additionally, I don't use varkon myself.

I hope someone better qualified will adopt varkon.

Matthias



-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org



Bug#516391: qwertz-de: apostrophe instead of acute on keycode 0x0d

2009-03-06 Thread Matthias Julius
Christian Perrier bubu...@debian.org writes:

 I suggest we settle for a *dead* acute, though, in the de.kmap
 files.just like the de-latin1 keymapwhile the
 de-latin1-nodeadkeys.kmap will have the non dead versions, ie
 apostrophe and grave (just like the nondeadkeys version of the X
 keymap.

 de.kmap:
 keycode  13 = dead_acute   dead_grave

 de-latin1.kmap:
 keycode  13 = dead_acute   dead_grave

 de-latin1-nodeadkeys.kmap:
 keycode  13 = apostrophe   grave
^^
Why not acute here?  After all the apostrophe has its own key:

keycode  43 = numbersign   apostrophe

Matthias



-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org



Bug#518330: postgrey: [INTL:de] German po-debconf translation

2009-03-05 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: postgrey
Version: 1.32-3
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

I have translated postgrey's po-debconf template into German.  Please include 
it in your next upload.

Should the first sentence of the second string read Postgrey is now listening 
on port 10023 instead of listening to port 10023?  I believe listening on 
is more common in this context.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 5.0
  APT prefers oldstable
  APT policy: (500, 'oldstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-5-xen-amd64 (SMP w/2 CPU cores)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=de_DE.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the postgrey package.
# Copyright (C):
#
# Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net, 2009.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: postgrey 1.32-3\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: postg...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2009-02-27 21:49+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-03 11:04-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-ger...@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../postgrey.templates:1001
msgid Default TCP port change
msgstr Änderung des Standard-TCP-Ports

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../postgrey.templates:1001
msgid 
Postgrey is now listening to port 10023 and not 6.  The latter was an 
unnecessary Debian specific modification.  You will need to adjust your 
configuration (usually /etc/postfix/main.cf) accordingly.
msgstr 
Postgrey nimmt Verbindungen nun an Port 10023 entgegen und nicht 6. Die 
Verwendung der Portnummer 6 war eine nicht notwendige debianspezifische 
Änderung. Sie müssen Ihre Konfiguration entsprechend anpassen (normalerweise /
etc/postfix/main.cf).


Bug#518332: sa-exim: [INTL:de] German po-debconf translation update

2009-03-05 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: sa-exim
Version: 4.2.1-12
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

I have updated the German translation of the po-debconf template.  Please 
include it in your next upload.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 5.0
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-5-xen-amd64 (SMP w/2 CPU cores)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=de_DE.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the sa-exim package.
# Copyright (C):
#
# Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net, 2006, 2009.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: sa-exim 4.2.1-13\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sa-e...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-02 07:25+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-02 21:29-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-ger...@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Remove saved mails in sa-exim's spool directory?
msgstr Gespeicherte E-Mails im Spool-Verzeichnis von Sa-Exim löschen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
There are some saved mails in subdirectories of /var/spool/sa-exim. Depending 
on the configuration, sa-exim may save mails matching specific criteria (such 
as \an error occurred\, \rejected as spam\, or \passed through although 
recognized as spam\) in these directories.
msgstr 
Es befinden sich einige gespeicherte E-Mails in Unterverzeichnissen von /var/
spool/sa-exim. Abhängig von der Konfiguration kann Sa-Exim E-Mails, die 
bestimmte Kriterien erfüllen (wie »ein Fehler trat auf«, »als Spam abgewiesen« 
oder »durchgelassen, obwohl als Spam erkannt«), in diesen Unterverzeichnissen 
speichern.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
Please choose whether you want to keep these mails for further analysis or 
delete them now.
msgstr 
Bitte wählen Sie, ob Sie diese E-Mails zur späteren Analyse behalten oder 
jetzt löschen möchten.


Bug#518005: nut: [INTL:de] German po-debconf translation update

2009-03-03 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: nut
Version: 2.4.1-2
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

I have updated the German translation for the po-debconf template.  Please 
include it in your next upload.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 5.0
  APT prefers oldstable
  APT policy: (500, 'oldstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-5-xen-amd64 (SMP w/2 CPU cores)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=de_DE.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the nut package.
# Copyright (C):
#
# Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net, 2006 - 2009.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: nut 2.2.0-2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: n...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2009-02-25 14:26+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-03 08:38-0400\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-ger...@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../nut.templates:1001
msgid Please manually modify your configuration files
msgstr Bitte passen Sie Ihre Konfigurationsdateien manuell an

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../nut.templates:1001
msgid This is a serious advisory. Please take note.
msgstr Dies ist ein ernster Hinweis. Bitte beachten Sie ihn.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../nut.templates:1001
msgid 
There have been significant changes by the upstream authors to the behaviour 
of this software. Specifically, the configuration files in /etc/nut are 
different, some drivers have been renamed, ...
msgstr 
Es gab bedeutende Änderungen durch die Programmautoren am Verhalten dieser 
Software. Im Besonderen wurden die Konfigurationsdateien in /etc/nut 
geändert, manche Treiber wurden umbenannt, ...

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../nut.templates:1001
msgid 
If you continue with the installation of this package, NUT will NOT restart 
unless you manually change your configuration files and edit /etc/nut/nut.
conf.  You have been warned! Please read /usr/share/doc/nut/UPGRADING.gz for 
the upgrading procedure.
msgstr 
Falls Sie mit der Installation dieses Pakets fortfahren, wird NUT NICHT neu 
starten, außer Sie ändern Ihre Konfigurationsdateien manuell und passen /etc/
/nut/nut.conf an. Sie wurden gewarnt! Bitte lesen Sie /usr/share/doc/nut/
UPGRADING.gz bezüglich der Vorgehensweise beim Upgrade.


Bug#517855: ckermit: [INTL:de] German po-debconf translation update

2009-03-02 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: ckermit
Version: 211-13
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

I have updated the German translation of the po-debconf template.  Please 
include it in your next upload.

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 5.0
  APT prefers oldstable
  APT policy: (500, 'oldstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-5-xen-amd64 (SMP w/2 CPU cores)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=de_DE.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ckermit package.
# Copyright (C):
#
# Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net 2007, 2009.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: ckermit 211-13\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: cker...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2009-02-27 02:31+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-02 10:09-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius m...@julius-net.net\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-ger...@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Enable Internet Kermit Service Daemon (IKSD) in inetd.conf?
msgstr Den Internet-Kermit-Service-Daemon (IKSD) in inetd.conf aktivieren?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
The Internet Kermit Service daemon (IKSD) is the C-Kermit program running as 
an Internet service, similar to an FTP or Telnet server.  It executes Telnet 
protocol just like a Telnet server and it transfers files like an FTP 
server.  But unlike an FTP server, IKSD uses the Kermit file transfer 
protocol (which is more powerful and flexible) and allows both FTP-like 
client/server connections as well as direct keyboard interaction.  Secure 
authentication methods and encrypted sessions are available, as well as a 
wide range of file transfer and management functions, which can be scripted 
to automate arbitrarily complex tasks.
msgstr 
Der Internet Kermit Service Daemon (IKSD) ist ein C-Kermit-Programm, welches 
ähnlich einem FTP- oder Telnet-Server als Internet-Service läuft. Es führt 
das Telnet-Protokoll wie ein Telnet-Server aus und es überträgt Dateien wie 
ein FTP-Server. Aber anders als ein FTP-Server benutzt IKSD das Kermit-Datei-
Transfer-Protokoll (welches leistungsfähiger und flexibler ist) und erlaubt 
sowohl FTP-ähnliche Client/Server-Verbindungen als auch direkte Tastatur-
Interaktion. Sichere Authentifizierungs-Methoden und verschlüsselte Sitzungen 
sowie eine große Auswahl von Dateiübertragungs- und -verwaltungsfunktionen 
sind verfügbar. Diese können in Skripten verwendet werden, um beliebig 
komplexe Aufgaben auszuführen.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Enable anonymous IKSD logins?
msgstr Anonyme IKSD-Anmeldungen ermöglichen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid IKSD supports anonymous logins (using chroot), similar to anonymous ftp.
msgstr IKSD unterstützt anonyme Anmeldungen (verwendet chroot) ähnlich anonymem FTP.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Directory for anonymous IKSD logins:
msgstr Verzeichnis für anonyme IKSD-Anmeldungen:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
Enter directory for anonymous IKSD logins. A chroot() will be performed into 
this directory on login. This directory will NOT be created.
msgstr 
Geben Sie das Verzeichnis für anonyme IKSD-Anmeldungen ein. Ein chroot()-
Aufruf in dieses Verzeichnis wird bei der Anmeldung durchgeführt. Das 
Verzeichnis wird NICHT angelegt.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid The default is /home/ftp (same as wu-ftpd)
msgstr Die Voreinstellung ist /home/ftp (wie bei wu-ftpd).

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid No inet daemon found, so IKSD cannot be configured.
msgstr Kein inet-Daemon gefunden, daher kann IKSD nicht konfiguriert werden.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid 
Please install an inetd (e.g. openbsd-inetd) and then reconfigure ckermit 
with:
msgstr 
Bitte installieren Sie einen Inetd (z.B. openbsd-inetd) und konfigurieren Sie 
Ckermit neu durch Eingabe von:

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid dpkg-reconfigure ckermit
msgstr dpkg-reconfigure ckermit



Bug#490128: nut: [INTL:de] Update for German po-debconf translation

2008-07-09 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: nut
Version: 2.2.2-5
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

I have upgraded the German translation of the po-debconf templates.
Please include it in your next upload.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.24-1-amd64 (SMP w/2 CPU cores)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the nut package.
# Copyright (C):
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006 - 2008.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: nut 2.2.0-2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2008-07-06 20:04+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2008-07-09 22:52-0400\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../nut.templates:1001
msgid Please manually modify your configuration files
msgstr Bitte passen Sie Ihre Konfigurationsdateien manuell an

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../nut.templates:1001
msgid This is a serious advisory. Please take note.
msgstr Dies ist ein ernster Hinweis. Bitte beachten Sie ihn.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../nut.templates:1001
msgid 
There have been significant changes by the upstream authors to the behaviour 
of this software. Specifically, the configuration files in /etc/nut are 
different, some drivers have been renamed, ...
msgstr 
Es gab bedeutende Änderungen durch die Programmautoren am Verhalten dieser 
Software. Im Besonderen wurden die Konfigurationsdateien in /etc/nut 
geändert, manche Treiber wurden umbenannt, ...

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../nut.templates:1001
msgid 
If you continue with the installation of this package, NUT will NOT restart 
unless you manually change your configuration files and edit /etc/default/
nut.  You have been warned! Please read /usr/share/doc/nut/UPGRADING.gz for 
the upgrading procedure.
msgstr 
Falls Sie mit der Installation dieses Pakets fortfahren, wird NUT NICHT neu 
starten, außer Sie ändern Ihre Konfigurationsdateien manuell und passen /etc/
default/nut an. Sie wurden gewarnt! Bitte lesen Sie /usr/share/doc/nut/
UPGRADING.gz bezüglich der Vorgehensweise beim Upgrade.


Bug#489527: twiki: [INTL:de] German debconf template translation update

2008-07-06 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: twiki
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared an update to the German po-debconf template translation.
Please include it in your next upload.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.24-1-amd64 (SMP w/2 CPU cores)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the twiki package.
# Copyright (C):
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007, 2008.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: twiki 1:4.1.2-3.2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2008-07-01 06:09+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2008-07-06 12:40-0400\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid URL of the server TWiki runs under:
msgstr URL des Servers auf dem TWiki läuft:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
Please enter the web server URL (such as \http://www.example.org/\;). 
Complete TWiki URLs will be constructed from this value plus the string 
\twiki/\.
msgstr 
Bitte geben Sie die URL des Webservers ein (wie »http://www.example.org/«). 
Komplette TWiki-URLs werden aus diesem Wert und der Zeichenkette »twiki/« 
gebildet.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Email address of the webmaster for this TWiki:
msgstr E-Mail-Adresse des Webmasters dieses TWikis:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
Please enter the email address that will receive new user registration mail. 
This address will also be displayed in the \oops\ page when errors occur.
msgstr 
Bitte geben Sie die E-Mail-Adresse ein, an die E-Mail zur Registrierung neuer 
Benutzer zugestellt wird. Diese Adresse wird auch auf der »oops«-Seite 
angezeigt, wenn Fehler auftreten.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Perform install of default wiki Topic Set?
msgstr 
Installation des voreingestellten Satzes an Wiki-Themen (Topic Set) 
durchführen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
TWiki includes a complete \starter kit\ which includes user registration 
pages, documentation, and tutorials.
msgstr 
TWiki enthält ein komplettes »Starter-Kit«, das Seiten für die 
Nutzerregistrierung, Dokumentation und Anleitungen enthält.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
Accept this option unless you want to use an existing TWiki data set (for 
instance, one left over from a previous installation).
msgstr 
Akzeptieren Sie diese Option, falls Sie keinen vorhandenen TWiki-Datensatz 
verwenden möchten (z.B. von einer vorherigen Installation).

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
If data/Main/WebHome.txt is present, the starter kit will not be unpacked. 
The starter kit files can be found in /usr/share/twiki/twiki-data.tar.gz (and 
twiki-pub.tar.gz) if you want to install it manually or compare the topics 
with the new version.
msgstr 
Falls data/Main/WebHome.txt vorhanden ist, wird das Starter-Kit nicht 
entpackt. Die Dateien des Starter-Kits befinden sich in /usr/share/twiki/
twiki-data.tar.gz (und twiki-pub.tar.gz) für den Fall, dass Sie sie manuell 
installieren oder die Themen mit der neuen Version vergleichen möchten.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Admin User Registration configuration required
msgstr Konfiguration für die Admin-Benutzer-Registrierung erforderlich

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid 
After you have created yourself a user, edit the Main.TWikiAdminGroup to 
restrict Admin privileges to that user.
msgstr 
Nachdem Sie sich selbst einen Benutzer angelegt haben, editieren Sie Main.
TWikiAdminGroup, um die Admin-Privilegien auf diesen Benutzer zu beschränken.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid Apache user allowed access to 'configure' script:
msgstr Apache-Benutzer, dem Zugriff auf das »configure«-Skript erlaubt ist:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Translators, do not translate 'configure' script's name
#: ../templates:5001
msgid 
Please enter the username of the apache user who will be allowed to run the 
configure script at http://localhost/cgi-bin/twiki/configure.;
msgstr 
Bitte geben Sie den Benutzernamen des Apache-Benutzers ein, dem es erlaubt 
ist, das configure-Skript unter http://localhost/cgi-bin/twiki/configure 
auszuführen.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid Password for '${configuser}':
msgstr Passwort für »${configuser}«:

#. Type: password
#. Description
#. Translators, do not translate configuser in the variable
#: ../templates:6001
msgid 
Please enter the password

Bug#487187: nut: [INTL:de] Update for German po-debconf translation

2008-06-19 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: nut
Version: 2.2.2-1
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared an update to the German translation of your po-debconf
templates.  Please include it in your next upload.

To keep the translations up-to-date, please consider using
podebconf-report-po to notify translators before uploading modified
templates and allow them a couple of days to update their translations.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.24-1-amd64 (SMP w/2 CPU cores)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the nut package.
# Copyright (C):
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006 - 2008.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: nut 2.2.2-1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2008-06-04 14:36+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2008-06-19 21:34-0400\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../nut.templates:1001
msgid Remove user \nut\ from dialout group
msgstr Entfernen des Benutzers »nut« aus der dialout-Gruppe

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../nut.templates:1001
msgid 
The system user, \nut\, will be removed from the dialout group.  A new 
system group, \nut\, will be created.  Users must manually change the 
permissions on the serial port devices, /dev/ttyS*, to permit access by the 
nut group.
msgstr 
Der Systembenutzer »nut« wird aus der dialout-Gruppe entfernt. Eine neue 
Systemgruppe »nut« wird angelegt. Anwender müssen die Berechtigungen der 
Gerätedateien für die seriellen Schnittstellen (/dev/ttyS*) anpassen, um den 
Zugriff durch die nut-Gruppe zu erlauben.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../nut.templates:2001
msgid Please manually modify your configuration files
msgstr Bitte passen Sie Ihre Konfigurationsdateien manuell an

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../nut.templates:2001
msgid This is a serious advisory. Please take note.
msgstr Dies ist ein ernster Hinweis. Bitte beachten Sie ihn.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../nut.templates:2001
msgid 
There have been significant changes by the upstream authors to the behaviour 
of this software. Specifically, the configuration files in /etc/nut are 
different, some drivers have been renamed, ...
msgstr 
Es gab bedeutende Änderungen durch die Programmautoren am Verhalten dieser 
Software. Im Besonderen wurden die Konfigurationsdateien in /etc/nut 
geändert, manche Treiber wurden umbenannt, ...

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../nut.templates:2001
msgid 
If you continue with the installation of this package, NUT will NOT restart 
unless you manually change your configuration files and edit /etc/default/
nut.  You have been warned! Please read /usr/share/doc/nut/UPGRADING.gz for 
the upgrading procedure.
msgstr 
Falls Sie mit der Installation dieses Pakets fortfahren, wird NUT NICHT neu 
starten, außer Sie ändern Ihre Konfigurationsdateien manuell und passen /etc/
default/nut an. Sie wurden gewarnt! Bitte lesen Sie /usr/share/doc/nut/
UPGRADING.gz bezüglich der Vorgehensweise beim Upgrade.


Bug#475317: ocfs2-tools: [INTL:de] Update for German po-debconf translation

2008-04-09 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: ocfs2-tools
Version: 1.2.4-1
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared an update for the German translation of the debconf
templates.  Please include it in debian/po.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.24-1-amd64 (SMP w/2 CPU cores)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ocfs2-tools package.
# Copyright (C):
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006, 2008.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: ocfs2-tools 1.2.4-1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-08-22 01:25+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2008-02-16 00:09-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../ocfs2-tools.templates:1001
msgid Would you like to start an OCFS2 cluster (O2CB) at boot time?
msgstr 
Möchten Sie, dass ein OCFS2-Cluster (O2CB) beim Systemstart gestartet wird?

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ocfs2-tools.templates:2001
msgid Name of the cluster to start at boot time:
msgstr Name des Clusters, der beim Systemstart gestartet werden soll:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ocfs2-tools.templates:3001
msgid O2CB heartbeat threshold:
msgstr Schwellwert des O2BC-Heartbeats:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ocfs2-tools.templates:3001
msgid 
The O2CB heartbeat threshold sets up the maximum time in seconds that a node 
awaits for an I/O operation. After it, the node \fences\ itself, and you 
will probably see a crash.
msgstr 
Der Schwellwert des O2CB-Heartbeats bestimmt die maximale Zeit in Sekunden, 
die ein Knoten für eine E/A-Operation abwartet. Danach »grenzt« sich der 
Knoten aus, und Sie werden wahrscheinlich einen Absturz beobachten.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ocfs2-tools.templates:3001
msgid It is calculated as the result of: (threshold - 1) x 2.
msgstr Er berechnet sich wie folgt: (Schwellwert - 1) x 2.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ocfs2-tools.templates:3001
msgid Its default value is 7 (12 seconds).
msgstr Der voreingestellte Wert ist 7 (12 Sekunden).

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ocfs2-tools.templates:3001
msgid 
Raise it if you have slow disks and/or crashes with kernel messages like:
msgstr 
Erhöhen Sie ihn, falls Sie langsame Festplatten und/oder Abstürze haben mit 
Kernel-Meldungen wie:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ocfs2-tools.templates:4001
msgid O2CB idle timeout:
msgstr O2CB-Leerlaufzeitlimit:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ocfs2-tools.templates:4001
msgid 
The O2CB idle timeout (expressed in milliseconds) is the time before a 
network connection is considered dead.
msgstr 
Das O2CB-Leerlaufzeitlimit (in Millisekunden) ist die Zeit, nach der eine 
Netzwerkverbindung als tot angesehen wird.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ocfs2-tools.templates:4001
msgid 
Its default value is 1 (10 seconds) and the minimum recommended value is 
5000 (5 seconds).
msgstr 
Der voreingestellte Wert ist 1 (10 Sekunden) und der minimale empfohlene 
Wert ist 5000 (5 Sekunden).

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ocfs2-tools.templates:5001
msgid O2CB keepalive delay:
msgstr O2CB-Keepalive-Verzögerung:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ocfs2-tools.templates:5001
msgid 
The O2CB keepalive delay (expressed in milliseconds) is the maximum time 
before a keepalive package is sent.
msgstr 
Die O2CB-Keepalive-Verzögerung (in Millisekunden) ist die maximale Zeit, nach 
der ein Keepalive-Paket gesendet wird.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ocfs2-tools.templates:5001
msgid 
Its default value is 5000 (5 seconds) and the minimum recommended value is 
1000 (1 second).
msgstr 
Der voreingestellte Wert ist 5000 (5 Sekunden) und der minimale empfohlene 
Wert ist 1000 (1 Sekunde).

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ocfs2-tools.templates:6001
msgid O2CB reconnect delay:
msgstr O2CB-Wiederverbindungsverzögerung:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ocfs2-tools.templates:6001
msgid 
The O2CB reconnect delay (expressed in milliseconds) is the minimum time 
between connection attempts.
msgstr 
Die O2CB-Wiederverbindungsverzögerung (in Millisekunden) ist die minimale 
Zeit zwischen Verbindungsversuchen.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ocfs2-tools.templates:6001
msgid Its default and recommended minimum value is 2000 (2 seconds).
msgstr Der voreingestellte und empfohlene minimale Wert ist 2000 (2 Sekunden).


Bug#469584: anthy: [INTL:de] Update for German po-debconf translation

2008-03-05 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: anthy
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

I have updated the German translation for the debconf template.  Please
include it in debian/po.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (500, 'testing'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-6-xen-amd64 (SMP w/2 CPU cores)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=de_DE.UTF-8 (charmap=locale: Cannot set 
LC_CTYPE to default locale: No such file or directory
locale: Cannot set LC_MESSAGES to default locale: No such file or directory
locale: Cannot set LC_ALL to default locale: No such file or directory
ANSI_X3.4-1968)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the anthy package.
# Copyright:
#
# (C) Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006 - 2008.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: anthy 7900-3.1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-14 07:30+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2008-02-16 00:47-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../anthy.templates:2001
msgid Extra dictionaries to use:
msgstr Zu verwendende zusätzliche Wörterbücher

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../anthy.templates:2001
msgid 
The anthy package can use add-on dictionaries in addition to the system 
dictionary. The following are currently available:
msgstr 
Neben dem Systemwörterbuch kann das Anthy-Paket Zusatzwörterbücher 
verwenden, von denen folgende verfügbar sind:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../anthy.templates:2001
msgid 
 - base.t : Anthy-specific words which are compatible with cannadic;\n
 - extra.t: Anthy-specific words which are not compatible with cannadic;\n
 - 2ch.t  : Slang used in 2ch, the web's biggest Japanese discussion forum.
msgstr 
 - base.t:  Anthy-spezifische Wörter, welche mit Cannadic kompatibel\n
sind;\n
 - extra.t: Anthy-spezifische Wörter, welche nicht mit Cannadic\n
kompatibel sind;\n
-  2ch.t:   Umgangssprache, die in 2ch, dem größten japanischen\n
Diskussions-Forum im Web, verwendet wird.


Bug#464466: nut: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template update

2008-02-06 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: nut
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

I have updated the German translation of the po-debconf template.  Please 
include it in debian/po.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.22-3-amd64 (SMP w/2 CPU cores)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the nut package.
# Copyright (C):
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006 - 2008.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: nut 2.2.0-2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-08-03 23:40+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2008-02-06 21:20-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../nut.templates:1001
msgid Remove user \nut\ from dialout group. Continue?
msgstr Entfernen des Benutzers »nut« aus der dialout-Gruppe. Fortfahren?

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../nut.templates:1001
msgid 
The system user, \nut\, will be removed from the dialout group.  A new 
system group, \nut\, will be created.  Users must manually change the 
permissions on the serial port devices, /dev/ttyS*, to permit access by the 
nut group.
msgstr 
Der Systembenutzer »nut« wird aus der dialout-Gruppe entfernt. Eine neue 
Systemgruppe »nut« wird angelegt. Anwender müssen die Berechtigungen der 
Gerätedateien für die seriellen Schnittstellen (/dev/ttyS*) anpassen, um den 
Zugriff durch die nut-Gruppe zu erlauben.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nut.templates:2001
msgid Please manually modify your configuration files! Continue?
msgstr Bitte passen Sie Ihre Konfigurationsdateien manuell an! Fortfahren?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nut.templates:2001
msgid This is a serious advisory. Please take note.
msgstr Dies ist ein ernster Hinweis. Bitte beachten Sie ihn.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nut.templates:2001
msgid 
There have been significant changes by the upstream authors to the behaviour 
of this software. Specifically, the configuration files in /etc/nut are 
different, some ups drivers have been renamed, ...
msgstr 
Es gab bedeutende Änderungen durch die Programmautoren am Verhalten dieser 
Software. Im Besonderen wurden die Konfigurationsdateien in /etc/nut 
geändert, manche USV-Treiber wurden umbenannt, ...

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nut.templates:2001
msgid 
If you continue with the installation of this package, NUT will NOT restart 
unless you manually change your configuration files and edit /etc/default/
nut.  You have been warned! Please read /usr/share/doc/nut/UPGRADING.gz for 
the upgrading procedure.
msgstr 
Falls Sie mit der Installation dieses Pakets fortfahren, wird NUT NICHT neu 
starten, außer Sie ändern Ihre Konfigurationsdateien manuell und passen /etc/
default/nut an. Sie wurden gewarnt! Bitte lesen Sie /usr/share/doc/nut/
UPGRADING.gz bezüglich der Vorgehensweise beim Upgrade.


Bug#464469: cmap-adobe-japan1: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template update

2008-02-06 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: cmap-adobe-japan1
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

I have updated the German po-debconf template translation.  Please include it 
in debian/po.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.22-3-amd64 (SMP w/2 CPU cores)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2006, Matthias Julius
# This file is distributed under the same license as the cmap-adobe-japan1 package.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006, 2008.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: cmap-adobe-japan1 0+20040605-3\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2008-01-06 13:22+0900\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2008-02-06 21:46-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../cmap-adobe-japan1.templates:1001
msgid standard, optional, extra
msgstr Standard, Optional, Extra

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../cmap-adobe-japan1.templates:1002
msgid Needed group(s) of CMaps? according to their importance.
msgstr Benötigte CMap-Gruppe(n) entsprechend ihrer Wichtigkeit.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../cmap-adobe-japan1.templates:1002
msgid 
The Adobe-Japan1 character collection consists of so many CMaps that it takes 
considerable time to register them all, though rarely used ones are also 
included. By unselecting the extra (and possibly optional) group(s), those 
rarely used ones are kept from being registered.
msgstr 
Die Adobe-Japan1-Schriftsammlung besteht aus so vielen CMaps, dass es 
beträchtliche Zeit in Anspruch nimmt, diese alle zu registrieren, da selten 
benutzte auch enthalten sind. Durch Abwählen der Extra- (und möglicherweise 
Optional-) Gruppe(n) wird verhindert, dass diese selten benutzten registriert 
werden.


Bug#432143: Gnus and emacs22

2007-12-19 Thread Matthias Julius
James Troup [EMAIL PROTECTED] writes:

 AFAICS the gnus in emacs22 is newer than either the current packaged
 version or ngnus-0.6.  It's not obvious to me that allowing the gnus
 package to install with emacs22 before it's newer is a good idea.

There is currently nothing that prevents gnus from being installed
when emacs22 is installed.  And if emacs22 is there gnus will be
pre-compiled for emacs22 and it will not run with emacs21.

So, if emacs22 is installed emacs21 is useless, but emacs21 can not be
removed because of gnus' dependency on it.

Matthias



-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to [EMAIL PROTECTED]
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact [EMAIL PROTECTED]



Bug#456269: udev: [INTL:de] German po-debconf translation update

2007-12-13 Thread Matthias Julius
 depends on:
ii  debconf [debconf-2.0]1.5.17  Debian configuration management sy
ii  libc62.7-3   GNU C Library: Shared libraries
ii  libselinux1  2.0.15-2+b1 SELinux shared libraries
ii  libvolume-id00.114-2 libvolume_id shared library
ii  lsb-base 3.1-24  Linux Standard Base 3.1 init scrip

udev recommends no packages.

-- debconf information excluded
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the udev package.
# Copyright (C):
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006, 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: udev 0.114-2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-01 10:38+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-16 17:59-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../udev.templates:2001
msgid Reboot needed after this upgrade
msgstr Nach diesem Upgrade ist ein Neustart notwendig

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../udev.templates:2001
msgid 
You are currently upgrading udev using an incompatible kernel version. A 
compatible version is installed or being installed on the system, but you 
need to reboot using this new kernel as soon as the upgrade is complete.
msgstr 
Sie führen gegenwärtig ein Upgrade von Udev unter Verwendung einer 
inkompatiblen Kernel-Version durch. Eine kompatible Version ist oder wird 
gerade auf Ihrem System installiert. Sie müssen jedoch Ihren Rechner mit dem 
neuen Kernel neu starten, sobald das Upgrade beendet ist.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../udev.templates:2001
msgid Without a reboot with this new kernel version, the system may become UNUSABLE.
msgstr 
Ohne Neustart mit dieser neuen Kernel-Version könnte Ihr System UNBENUTZBAR 
werden.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../udev.templates:3001
msgid Proceed with the udev upgrade despite the kernel incompatibility?
msgstr Upgrade trotz Kernel-Inkompatibilität fortsetzen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../udev.templates:3001
msgid 
You are currently upgrading udev to a version that is not compatible with the 
currently running kernel.
msgstr Sie führen gegenwärtig ein Upgrade von Udev auf eine Version durch, die mit dem gegenwärtig laufenden Kernel nicht kompatibel ist.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../udev.templates:3001
msgid 
You MUST install a compatible kernel version (2.6.15 or more) before 
upgrading, otherwise the system may become UNUSABLE. Packages with a name 
starting with \linux-image-2.6-\ provide a kernel image usable with this 
new udev version.
msgstr 
Sie MÜSSEN eine kompatible Kernel-Version (2.6.15 oder höher) installieren, 
bevor Sie das Upgrade durchführen. Anderenfalls könnte das System UNBENUTZBAR 
werden. Pakete, deren Name mit »linux-image-2.6-« beginnt, stellen ein Kernel-
Image zu Verfügung, welches mit dieser neuen Udev-Version verwendbar ist.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../udev.templates:3001
msgid 
If you choose to upgrade udev nevertheless, you should install a compatible 
kernel and reboot with that kernel as soon as possible.
msgstr 
Falls Sie sich entscheiden, das Upgrade von Udev trotzdem durchzuführen, 
sollten Sie so bald wie möglich einen kompatiblen Kernel installieren und das System damit neu 
starten.



Bug#455268: rkhunter: [INTL:de] German po-debconf translation update

2007-12-09 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: rkhunter
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

I have updated the German translation of the po-debconf template.  Please 
include it in your package.

I have discovered a double space that has sneaked into the last English string.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.22-3-amd64 (SMP w/2 CPU cores)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the rkhunter package.
# Copyright:
#
# (C) Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006, 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: rkhunter 1.3.0-3\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-25 12:59+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-12-08 23:58-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Activate daily run of rkhunter?
msgstr Tägliche Ausführung von Rkhunter aktivieren?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
If you choose this option, rkhunter will be run automatically by a daily cron 
job.
msgstr 
Falls Sie diese Option wählen, führt ein Cron-Job Rkhunter täglich 
automatisch aus.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Activate weekly update of rkhunter's databases?
msgstr Wöchentliche Aktualisierung der Datenbanken Rkhunters aktivieren?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
If you choose this option, rkhunter databases will be updated automatically 
by a weekly cron job.
msgstr 
Falls Sie diese Option wählen, aktualisiert ein Cron-Job die Rkhunter-
Datenbanken wöchentlich automatisch.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Automatically update rkhunter's file properties database?
msgstr Rkhunters Datenbank für Dateieigenschaften automatisch aktualisieren?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid 
The file properties database can be updated automatically by the package 
management system.
msgstr 
Die Paketverwaltung kann die Datenbank für Dateieigenschaften automatisch 
aktualisieren.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid 
This feature is not enabled by default as database updates may be slow on low-
end machines. Even if it is enabled, the database won't be updated if the  
'hashes' test is disabled in rkhunter configuration.
msgstr 
Diese Funktion ist in der Voreinstellung nicht aktiviert, da die 
Aktualisierung der Datenbank auf einfachen Maschinen langsam sein kann. 
Selbst wenn sie aktiviert ist, wird die Datenbank nicht aktualisiert, falls 
der 'hashes'-Test in der Rkhunter-Konfiguration deaktiviert ist.


Bug#419086: ITA: varkon -- A CAD-system with parametric modelling

2007-12-06 Thread Matthias Julius
retitle 419086 ITA: varkon -- A CAD-system with parametric modelling
owner 419086 !
stop

I have started to work on this package and to upgrade it to the
current upstream version. However, since this is not a trivial package
and I am relatively new to packaging it might take a while to get
right.

Matthias




-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to [EMAIL PROTECTED]
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact [EMAIL PROTECTED]



Bug#109431: Doc-base section hierarchy

2007-12-04 Thread Matthias Julius
Stefano Zacchiroli [EMAIL PROTECTED] writes:

 Programming/OCaml would be better than the status quo for me.

 But actually I'm not sure if my case would deserve an even finer
 sub-category such as Programming/$language/ApiReference or similar. What
 do you think?

 Would it be possible to let package maintainers to refine some leaf
 categories?

There are many packages that have more than one piece of
documentation. I think it would be generally a good idea if there is a
sub-category in those cases.

Matthias




-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to [EMAIL PROTECTED]
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact [EMAIL PROTECTED]



Bug#451881: libapache2-mod-python: [INTL:de] German po-debconf translation update

2007-11-18 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: libapache2-mod-python
Version: 3.3.1-3
Severity: wishlist
Tags: l10n patch

I have prepared an update for the German po-debconf template translation. 
Please include it in your package.

Matthias
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the libapache2-mod-python package.
# Copyright (C):
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006, 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: libapache2-mod-python 3.3.1-3\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-11 19:39+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-14 22:20-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libapache2-mod-python.templates:2001
msgid Enable the Apache 2 mod_python module?
msgstr Mod_python-Modul für Apache 2 aktivieren?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libapache2-mod-python.templates:2001
msgid 
The mod_python module must be enabled if hosted web sites are using its 
features.
msgstr 
Das mod_python-Modul muss aktiviert sein, falls gehostete Websites dessen 
Fähigkeiten nutzen.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libapache2-mod-python.templates:2001
msgid 
If you choose this option, a symbolic link for mod_python will be created in /
etc/apache2/mods_enabled/. If you refuse this option, this link will be 
removed if it exists.
msgstr 
Falls Sie diese Option wählen, wird ein symbolischer Link in /etc/apache2/
mods_enabled/ angelegt. Falls Sie diese Option ablehnen, wird der Link 
entfernt, sofern er existiert.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libapache2-mod-python.templates:2001
msgid Apache 2 must be restarted manually after changing this option.
msgstr 
Apache 2 muss manuell neu gestartet werden, nachdem diese Option geändert 
wurde.


Bug#406029: openswan: Template patch

2007-10-26 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: openswan
Followup-For: Bug #406029

You write in your changelog I do not agree that a space
should be placed before a question mark, but feel free to
correct me with references to some grammar material.

You seem to agree with me that there should be no space 
before a question mark.  And this is exactly what the patch
does.  It removes all the spaces that currently are in front
of question marks.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.22-2-amd64 (SMP w/2 CPU cores)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash



-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to [EMAIL PROTECTED]
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact [EMAIL PROTECTED]



Bug#446440: wacom-tools: [INTL:de] German debdonf template translation update

2007-10-12 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: wacom-tools
Version: 0.7.7.11-2
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared an update for the German translation of the debconf template.  
Please include it in debian/po.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.22-2-amd64 (SMP w/2 CPU cores)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the wacom-tools package.
# Copyright (C):
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006, 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: wacom-tools 0.7.7.11-2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-09-29 09:02+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-12 22:35-0400\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:2001
msgid Automatically compile the Wacom modules?
msgstr Wacom-Module automatisch kompilieren?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:2001
#| msgid 
#| In order to make full use of a wacom graphics tablet you need to compile 
#| and install the provided modules to suit your running Linux kernel.
msgid 
In order to make full use of a Wacom graphics tablet you need to compile and 
install the provided modules to suit the running Linux kernel.
msgstr 
Um alle Funktionen eines Wacom-Grafiktabletts nutzen zu können, müssen Sie 
die zur Verfügung gestellten Module kompilieren und installieren, damit sie 
zum laufenden Linux-Kernel passen.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:2001 ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:3001
msgid 
If you choose this option, the Wacom modules will be compiled into a binary 
package using local kernel configuration settings.
msgstr 
Falls Sie diese Möglichkeit wählen, werden die Wacom-Module unter Verwendung 
der lokalen Kernel-Konfiguration in ein Binärpaket kompiliert.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:2001 ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:3001
msgid 
This requires either a linux-headers-* package or the full kernel source 
tree. Do not choose this option if neither of these is available. You can 
return to this step again later with:  'dpkg-reconfigure wacom-kernel-source'.
msgstr 
Dies erfordert ein linux-headers-*-Paket oder den vollständigen Kernel-
Quellbaum. Wählen Sie diese Möglichkeit nicht, falls keins von beiden 
verfügbar ist. Sie können später zu diesem Schritt mit 'dpkg-reconfigure 
wacom-kernel-source' zurückkehren.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:3001
msgid Create a binary wacom-kernel-modules package?
msgstr Ein binäres wacom-kernel-modules-Paket erzeugen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:3001
msgid 
This may replace some modules that were originally built with the running 
kernel.
msgstr 
Dies könnte Module, die ursprünglich mit dem laufenden Kernel kompiliert 
wurden, ersetzen.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:4001
msgid Linux header files location:
msgstr Verzeichnis mit den Linux-Header-Dateien:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:4001
msgid 
In order to compile the Wacom modules, please enter the location of the Linux 
kernel headers for them to use.
msgstr 
Zur Kompilierung der Wacom-Module geben Sie bitte den Speicherort der Linux-
Kernel-Header ein, die verwendet werden sollen.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:4001
msgid 
Headers provided by a linux-headers-* package are located in /usr/src/linux-
headers-*.
msgstr 
Header, die von einem linux-headers-*-Paket zur Verfügung gestellt werden, 
befinden sich in /usr/src/linux-headers-*.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:5001
msgid Specify a different Linux headers directory?
msgstr Ein anderes Verzeichnis für Linux-Header angeben?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:5001
msgid No valid Linux headers were found in the directory you specified.
msgstr 
Es wurden keine gültigen Linux-Header in dem angegebenen Verzeichnis gefunden.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:6001
msgid Operations needed after modules compilation
msgstr Notwendige Operationen nach der Kompilierung der Module

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:6001
msgid 
The wacom-kernel-modules package will be built in /usr/src/modules, but 
cannot be automatically installed. You will have to install it manually with 
'dpkg -i wacom-kernel-module-version.deb

Bug#431138: common-lisp-controller: [INTL:de] German po-debconf translation update

2007-06-29 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: common-lisp-controller
Version: 6.11
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared an update for the German translation of the po-debconf 
template.  Please include it in your next upload.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.20-1-xen-amd64 (SMP w/2 CPU cores)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the common-lisp-controller package.
#
# Copyright (C)
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006, 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: common-lisp-controller 6.11\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-16 09:41+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-29 23:33-0400\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: string
#. Default
#. Default site name
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Unknown
msgstr Unbekannt

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid Short Common Lisp site name:
msgstr Kurzer Site-Name für Common Lisp:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid 
You can configure what the Common Lisp implementations are going to use as 
'short site name'.
msgstr 
Sie können einstellen, was die Implementationen von Common Lisp als »short 
site name« verwenden werden.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002 ../templates:3002
msgid This is mostly unused except in some error reporting tools.
msgstr 
Dies ist nahezu ungenutzt abgesehen von manchen Werkzeugen zum Berichten von 
Fehlern.

#. Type: string
#. Default
#. Default long site name, just something longer than th default site name
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Site name not initialized
msgstr Site-Name nicht initialisiert

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid Long Common Lisp site name:
msgstr Langer Site-Name für Common Lisp:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid 
You can configure what the Common Lisp implementations are going to use as 
'long site name'.
msgstr 
Sie können einstellen, was die Implementationen von Common Lisp als »long 
site name« verwenden werden.


Bug#430060: davfs2: [INTL:de] Update for German po-debconf translation

2007-06-21 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: davfs2
Version: 1.2.1-3
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

Unfortunately, we found some mistakes in the German translation.  They are not 
critical.  Please include the attached version with your next upload.

Sorry.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.20-1-xen-amd64 (SMP w/2 CPU cores)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2007, Matthias Julius
# This file is distributed under the same license as the davfs2 package.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: davfs2 1.2.1-2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-05 07:42+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-21 23:07-0400\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Should unprivileged users be allowed to mount WebDAV resources?
msgstr 
Soll unprivilegierten Benutzern erlaubt werden, WebDAV-Ressourcen einzubinden?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
The file /sbin/mount.davfs must have the SUID bit set if you want to allow 
unprivileged (non-root) users to mount WebDAV resources.
msgstr 
Die Datei /sbin/mount.davfs muss das SUID-Bit gesetzt haben, falls Sie 
unprivilegierten (nicht root) Benutzern erlauben möchten, WebDAV-Ressourcen 
einzubinden.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
Choosing this option is discouraged for security reasons. If you choose it, 
additional input will be required.
msgstr 
Von der Wahl dieser Option wird aus Sicherheitsgründen abgeraten. Falls Sie 
sie wählen, wird die Eingabe zusätzlicher Informationen erforderlich.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
If you do not choose this option, only root will be allowed to mount WebDAV 
resources. This can later be changed by running 'dpkg-reconfigure davfs2'.
msgstr 
Falls Sie diese Option nicht wählen, wird es nur root erlaubt sein, WebDAV-
Ressourcen einzubinden. Dies kann zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt durch Aufruf 
von »dpkg-reconfigure davfs2« geändert werden.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid User running the mount.davfs daemon:
msgstr Benutzer, der den mount.davfs-Daemon ausführt:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
Once the davfs resource has been mounted, the daemon will drop the root 
privileges and will run with an unprivileged user ID.
msgstr 
Sobald die davfs-Ressource eingebunden wurde, wird der Daemon die root-
Privilegien abgeben und mit einer unprivilegierten Benutzerkennung laufen.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Please choose which login name should be used by the daemon.
msgstr 
Bitte wählen Sie, welcher Benutzername vom Daemon verwendet werden soll.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Group for users who will be allowed to mount WebDAV resources:
msgstr Gruppe für Benutzer, die WebDAV-Ressourcen einbinden können werden:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid 
Mounting WebDAV resources creates a file in /var/run/mount.davfs. This 
directory will be owned by the group specified here.
msgstr 
Das Einbinden von WebDAV-Ressourcen erzeugt eine Datei in /var/run/mount.
davfs. Dieses Verzeichnis wird der Gruppe, die hier angegeben wurde, gehören.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid Do you want to create a new user?
msgstr Möchten Sie einen neuen Benutzer anlegen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid 
The \${user_name}\ user does not exist on the system and will be created if 
you choose this option.
msgstr 
Der Benutzer »${user_name}« existiert auf diesem System nicht und wird 
angelegt, falls Sie diese Option wählen.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid Do you want to create a new group?
msgstr Möchten Sie eine neue Gruppe anlegen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid 
The \${group_name}\ group does not exist on the system and will be created 
if you choose this option.
msgstr 
Die Gruppe »${group_name}« existiert auf diesem System nicht und wird 
angelegt, falls Sie diese Option wählen.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid Unprivileged users allowed to mount WebDAV resources
msgstr 
Unprivilegierte Benutzer, denen erlaubt ist, WebDAV-Ressourcen einzubinden

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid 
The \${group_name}\ group and the \${user_name}\ user will be used by 
davfs2. All users who should be granted the right to mount WebDAV resources 
should be added to the group \${group_name}\ using the following command:
msgstr

Bug#429859: davfs2: [INTL:de] Update for German po-debconf translation

2007-06-20 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: davfs2
Version: 1.2.1-2
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared an Update for the po-debconf translation into German.  Please 
include it in debian/po.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (900, 'stable'), (600, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-4-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=de_DE.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2007, Matthias Julius
# This file is distributed under the same license as the davfs2 package.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: davfs2 1.2.1-2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-05 07:42+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-20 13:52-0400\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Should unprivileged users be allowed to mount WebDAV resources?
msgstr 
Soll unprivilegierten Benutzern erlaubt werden, Webdav-Resourcen einzubinden?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
The file /sbin/mount.davfs must have the SUID bit set if you want to allow 
unprivileged (non-root) users to mount WebDAV resources.
msgstr 
Die Datei /sbin/mount.davfs muss das SUID-Bit gesetzt haben, falls Sie 
unprivilegierten (nicht root) Benutzern erlauben möchten, Webdav-Recourcen 
einzubinden.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
Choosing this option is discouraged for security reasons. If you choose it, 
additional input will be required.
msgstr 
Von der Wahl dieser Option wird aus Sicherheitsgründen abgeraten. Falls Sie 
sie wählen, wird die Eingabe zusätzlicher Informationen erforderlich.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
If you do not choose this option, only root will be allowed to mount WebDAV 
resources. This can later be changed by running 'dpkg-reconfigure davfs2'.
msgstr 
Fall Sie diese Option nicht wählen, wird es nur root erlaubt sein, WebDAV-
Recourcen einzubinden. Dies kann zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt durch Aufruf von 
»dpkg-reconfigure davfs2« geändert werden.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid User running the mount.davfs daemon:
msgstr Benutzer, der den mount.davfs-Daemon ausführt:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
Once the davfs resource has been mounted, the daemon will drop the root 
privileges and will run with an unprivileged user ID.
msgstr 
Sobald die davfs-Resource eingebunden wurde, wird der Daemon die root-
Privilegien fallenlassen und mit einer unprivilegierten Benutzerkennung 
laufen.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Please choose which login name should be used by the daemon.
msgstr 
Bitte wählen Sie, welcher Benutzername vom Daemon verwendet werden soll.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Group for users who will be allowed to mount WebDAV resources:
msgstr Gruppe für Benutzer, die Webdav-Resourcen einbinden können werden:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid 
Mounting WebDAV resources creates a file in /var/run/mount.davfs. This 
directory will be owned by the group specified here.
msgstr 
Das Einbinden von WebDAV-Resourcen erzeugt eine Datei in /var/run/mount.
davfs. Dieses Verzeichnis wird der Gruppe, die hier angegeben wurde, gehören.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid Do you want to create a new user?
msgstr Möchten Sie einen neuen Benutzer anlegen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid 
The \${user_name}\ user does not exist on the system and will be created if 
you choose this option.
msgstr 
Der Benutzer »${user_name}« existiert nicht auf diesem System und wird 
angelegt, falls Sie diese Option wählen.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid Do you want to create a new group?
msgstr Möchten Sie eine neue Gruppe anlegen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid 
The \${group_name}\ group does not exist on the system and will be created 
if you choose this option.
msgstr 
Die Gruppe »${group_name}« existiert nicht auf diesem System und wird 
angelegt, falls Sie diese Option wählen.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid Unprivileged users allowed to mount WebDAV resources
msgstr 
Unprivilegierte Benutzer, denen erlaubt ist, Webdav-Resourcen einzubinden

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid 
The \${group_name}\ group and the \${user_name}\ user will be used by 
davfs2. All users who should be granted the right to mount WebDAV resources 
should be added to the group \${group_name}\ using the following command:
msgstr 
Die Gruppe ${group_name} und der Benutzer ${user_name} werden von

Bug#428686: foomatic-gui: [INTL:de] Update for German po-debconf translation

2007-06-13 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: foomatic-gui
Version: 0.7.8
Severity: wishlist
Tags: l10n patch

I have prepared an update for the German translation of the po-debconf 
template.  Please include it in debian/po.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (900, 'stable'), (600, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-4-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=de_DE.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006, 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: foomatic-gui 0.7.8\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-30 20:46+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-11 22:55-0400\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../printconf.templates:2001
msgid Automatically install local printers?
msgstr Automatisch lokale Drucker installieren?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../printconf.templates:2001
msgid 
Most modern printers connected to the USB and parallel interfaces of the 
computer can be automatically detected.
msgstr 
Die meisten modernen Drucker, die an der USB- oder parallelen Schnittstelle 
des Rechners angeschlossen sind, können automatisch erkannt werden.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../printconf.templates:2001
msgid 
If you choose this option, any detected printers will be automatically set up 
to work with the Common UNIX Printing System (CUPS). You can later customize 
these printer queues using the Foomatic-GUI tool or by accessing the CUPS 
server at http://localhost:631/.;
msgstr 
Falls Sie diese Option wählen, werden alle erkannten Drucker automatisch so 
konfiguriert, dass sie mit dem Common UNIX Printing System (CUPS) 
funktionieren. Sie können diese Drucker-Warteschlangen später mit Hilfe des 
Programms Foomatic-GUI oder über den Zugang des CUPS-Servers unter http://;
localhost:631/ anpassen.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../printconf.templates:2001
msgid 
If you don't want to set up printers now, you can configure them later using 
the 'printconf' command.
msgstr 
Falls Sie jetzt keine Drucker einrichten wollen, können Sie sie später 
mittels des Befehls printconf konfigurieren.


Bug#421931: awffull: build against newer Berkeley DB

2007-05-02 Thread Matthias Julius
Clint Adams [EMAIL PROTECTED] writes:

 Please update awffull to build against db4.5 so that we can get rid of
 db4.2.

... or against db4.4 to make backports not more difficult than
necessary.

Matthias



-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to [EMAIL PROTECTED]
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact [EMAIL PROTECTED]



Bug#416964: flashybrid: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2007-03-31 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: flashybrid
Version: 0.14
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared a translation of the po-debconf template into German.
Please include it in debian/po.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the flashybrid package.
# Copyright (C):
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: flashybrid 0.14\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-02-25 18:34+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-24 12:42-0400\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Note about removal of flashybrid package
msgstr Hinweis zum Entfernen des Flashybrid-Pakets

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
Please be warned, this package  changes the way your system behaves in a 
really  intrusive way. This package is not enabled by default so it should 
not make any problems by just installing it. If you want to enable it, 
please read the  documentation.
msgstr 
Bitte beachten Sie, dass dieses Paket die Art und Weise, wie sich Ihr System 
verhält, wirklich einschneidend verändert. Dieses Paket ist in der 
Voreinstellung nicht aktiviert, so dass die reine Installation keine 
Probleme verursachen sollte. Lesen Sie bitte die Dokumentation, falls Sie es 
aktivieren möchten.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
If you want to remove this package, you should first disable it, boot the 
machine, and ONLY WHEN THE MACHINE HAS BEEN REBOOTED WITHOUT FLASHYBRID 
RUNNING YOU CAN REMOVE THE PACKAGE ITSELF. If you do not to do it this way, 
you can potentially lose data (things like configuration files in /etc/ will 
not get synced to the real drive, stay only in the tmpfs and lost on reboot.
msgstr 
Falls Sie das Paket entfernen möchten, sollten Sie es zuerst deaktivieren 
und den Rechner neu starten. NUR WENN DER RECHNER OHNE LAUFENDES FLASHYBIRD 
NEU GESTARTET WURDE, KÖNNEN SIE DAS PAKET SELBST ENTFERNEN. Falls Sie nicht 
in dieser Weise verfahren, könnten Sie Daten verlieren (Dateien wie 
Konfigurationsdateien in /etc/ werden nicht mit dem wirklichen Laufwerk 
synchronisiert, verbleiben nur im tmpfs und sind beim Neustart verloren).

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
Please read the Debian documentation found in /usr/share/doc/flashybrid/ 
specially README.debian
msgstr 
Bitte lesen Sie die Debian-Dokumentation, die in /usr/share/doc/flashybrid/ 
gefunden werden kann, speziell README.Debian.


Bug#416994: cupsys: [INTL:de] Update for German po-debconf template translation

2007-03-31 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: cupsys
Version: 1.2.7-4
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared an update for the German translation of the po-debconf
template.  Please include it in your package.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Jens Nachtigall [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2004, 2005.
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: de\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-27 07:14+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-31 11:14-0400\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n
Plural-Forms:  nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../cupsys-bsd.templates:1001
msgid Do you want to set up the BSD lpd compatibility server?
msgstr Möchten Sie den Kompatibilitäts-Server für BSD lpd einrichten?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../cupsys-bsd.templates:1001
msgid 
The CUPS package contains a server that can accept BSD-style print jobs and 
submit them to CUPS. It should only be set up if other computers are likely 
to submit jobs over the network via the \BSD\ or \LPR\ services, and 
these computers cannot be converted to use the IPP protocol that CUPS uses.
msgstr 
Dieses Paket enthält einen Server, der BSD-artige Druckaufträge 
entgegennimmt und diese an CUPS weiterleitet. Sie sollten diesen Server nur 
einsetzen, wenn andere Rechner über Ihren Rechner Druckaufträge via »bsd« 
oder »lpr« absetzen und diese Rechner nicht auf das von CUPS verwendete IPP-
Protokoll umgestellt werden können.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../cupsys.templates:1001
msgid Do you want CUPS to print unknown jobs as raw jobs?
msgstr Möchten Sie, dass CUPS unbekannte Druckaufträge unbearbeitet (raw) druckt?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../cupsys.templates:1001
msgid 
The Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) enforces a MIME type for all print 
jobs. Since not all sources of print jobs can attach an appropriate type, 
many jobs get submitted as the MIME type application/octet-stream and could 
be rejected if CUPS cannot guess the job's format.
msgstr 
Das Internet Printing Protokoll (IPP) erfordert einen MIME-Typ für alle 
Druckaufträge. Da nicht jeder Erzeuger von Druckaufträgen den geeigneten Typ 
einfügen kann, werden viele Aufträge mit dem MIME-Typ »application/octet-
stream« abgesendet. Diese Druckaufträge können abgewiesen werden, falls CUPS 
dessen Format nicht ermitteln kann.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../cupsys.templates:1001
msgid 
CUPS can handle all such jobs as \raw\ jobs, which causes them to be sent 
directly to the printer without processing.
msgstr 
CUPS kann all diese Aufträge als »rohe« (engl.: »raw«) Aufträge behandeln. 
Das bewirkt, dass sie ohne Bearbeitung direkt an den Drucker gesendet werden.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../cupsys.templates:1001
msgid 
It is recommended to choose this option if the server will be accepting 
print jobs from Windows computers or Samba servers.
msgstr 
Es wird empfohlen, diese Option zu wählen, falls der Server Druckaufträge 
von Windows-Rechnern oder Samba-Servern akzeptieren wird.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../cupsys.templates:2001
msgid ipp
msgstr IPP

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../cupsys.templates:2001
msgid lpd
msgstr lpd

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../cupsys.templates:2001
msgid parallel
msgstr parallel

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../cupsys.templates:2001
msgid scsi
msgstr SCSI

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../cupsys.templates:2001
msgid serial
msgstr seriell

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../cupsys.templates:2001
msgid socket
msgstr Socket

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../cupsys.templates:2001
msgid usb
msgstr USB

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../cupsys.templates:2001
msgid snmp
msgstr SNMP

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../cupsys.templates:2002
msgid Printer communication backends:
msgstr Backends für die Kommunikation mit dem Drucker:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../cupsys.templates:2002
msgid CUPS uses backend programs to communicate

Bug#415793: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2007-03-21 Thread Matthias Julius

Package: schoolbell
Version: 1.2.4-2
Severity: wishlist
Tags: l10n patch

--- Please enter the report below this line. ---
I have prepared a translation of the po-debconf template into German.  
Please include it in debian/po.


--- System information. ---
Architecture: amd64
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64

Debian Release: 4.0
APT prefers testing
APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')

--- Package information. ---
Depends (Version) | Installed
-+-

# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the schoolbell package.
# Copyright (C):
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: schoolbell 1.2.4-2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-13 08:52+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-21 22:57-0400\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../schoolbell.templates:1001
msgid Network interfaces for SchoolBell XML web services:
msgstr Netzwerkschnittstelle für die SchoolBell-XML-Webservices:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../schoolbell.templates:1001 ../schoolbell.templates:2001
#: ../schoolbell.templates:3001 ../schoolbell.templates:4001
msgid 
Please enter a space separated list of [address:]port values that you would 
like the server to listen on.
msgstr 
Bitte geben Sie eine durch Leerzeichen getrennte Liste von Adressen in der 
Form [Adresse:]Port ein, an denen der Server Verbindungen annehmen soll.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../schoolbell.templates:1001 ../schoolbell.templates:3001
msgid 
This interface is used by SchoolBell for communicating with non-HTML clients 
such as the SchoolTool and 3rd party clients (e.g. Mozilla Calendar). XML 
and iCalendar messages can be PUT or GET to this interface via HTTP allowing 
access to all SchoolBell functionality.
msgstr 
Diese Schnittstelle wird von SchoolBell zum Kommunizieren mit Nicht-HTML-
Clients verwendet, wie SchoolTool und Clients von Drittanbietern (z. B. 
Mozilla Calendar). XML- und iCalendar-Nachrichten können an diese 
Schnittstelle über HTTP mittels PUT oder GET gesendet werden. Dies erlaubt 
Zugriff auf die gesamte Funktionalität von SchoolBell.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../schoolbell.templates:2001
msgid Network interfaces for the HTML browser interface:
msgstr Netzwerkschnittstelle für HTML-Browser-Zugriffe:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../schoolbell.templates:2001
msgid 
The HTML interface provides access to SchoolBell via any standard web 
browser.
msgstr 
Die HTML-Schnittstelle stellt den Zugang zu SchoolBell über jeden Standard-
Webbrowser zur Verfügung.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../schoolbell.templates:3001
msgid Network interfaces for SchoolBell XML web services (SSL):
msgstr Netzwerkschnittstelle für die SchoolBell-XML-Webservices (SSL):

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../schoolbell.templates:3001 ../schoolbell.templates:4001
msgid 
This is an SSL version of this interface and will only accept SSL 
connections.
msgstr 
Dies ist eine SSL-Version dieser Schnittstelle und akzeptiert nur SSL-
Verbindungen.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../schoolbell.templates:4001
msgid Network interfaces for the HTML browser interface (SSL):
msgstr Netzwerkschnittstelle für HTML-Browser-Zugriffe (SSL):

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../schoolbell.templates:4001
msgid 
The web interface provides access to SchoolBell via any standard web browser.
msgstr 
Die Web-Schnittstelle stellt den Zugang zu SchoolBell über jeden Standard-
Webbrowser zur Verfügung.

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../schoolbell.templates:5001
msgid Create self-signed certificate
msgstr Selbstsigniertes Zertifikat erzeugen

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../schoolbell.templates:5001
msgid Import certificate
msgstr Zertifikat importieren

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../schoolbell.templates:5002
msgid Method for setting up the SSL certificate:
msgstr Methode zur Einrichtung des SSL-Zertifikates:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../schoolbell.templates:5002
msgid 
You can create a self-signed root certificate that can be imported into web 
browsers. The certificate can be copied from /etc/schoolbell/cert.pem.
msgstr 
Sie können ein selbstsigniertes Root-Zertifikat erzeugen, das in Webbrowser 
importiert werden kann. Das Zertifikat kann von /etc/schoolbell/cert.pem 
kopiert werden.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../schoolbell.templates:5002
msgid 
You can also import a certificate, for instance a certificate signed by a 
certification authority (CA). The certificate must be in PEM format and 
contain

Bug#415490: sugarplum: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2007-03-19 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: sugarplum
Version: 0.9.10-16
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared a translation of the po-debconf template into German.
Please include it in debian/po.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the sugarplum package.
# Copyright (C):
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: sugarplum 0.9.10-16\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-28 14:55+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-19 18:17-0400\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../sugarplum.templates:1001
msgid Do you want to configure your web servers for sugarplum?
msgstr Möchten Sie Ihre Webserver für Sugarplum einrichten?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../sugarplum.templates:1001
msgid 
To activate sugarplum, your web servers' configuration may need to be 
modified.
msgstr 
Um Sugarplum zu aktivieren, muss die Konfiguration Ihrer Webserver 
möglicherweise modifiziert werden.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../sugarplum.templates:2001
msgid Do you want to deconfigure your web servers for sugarplum?
msgstr Möchten Sie die Konfiguration Ihrer Webserver für Sugarplum entfernen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../sugarplum.templates:2001
msgid 
If you have configured your web servers for sugarplum, they should (or must, 
if you are purging sugarplum) now be de-configured to ensure that they will 
properly function the next time you restart them.
msgstr 
Falls Sie Ihre Webserver für Sugarplum konfiguriert haben, sollte (oder 
muss, falls Sie Sugarplum vollständig entfernen) diese Konfiguration wieder 
entfernt werden, um sicherzustellen, dass die Webserver beim nächsten 
Neustart ordnungsgemäß funktionieren.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sugarplum.templates:3001
msgid You must manually remove sugarplum configuration from httpd.conf.
msgstr 
Sie müssen die Konfiguration für Sugarplum manuell aus httpd.conf entfernen.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sugarplum.templates:3001
msgid 
Sugarplum now configures apache by using the conf.d directory, and no longer 
makes alterations to the apache configuration files.
msgstr 
Sugarplum richtet Apache jetzt unter Verwendung des conf.d-Verzeichnisses 
ein. Änderungen an den Konfigurationsdateien von Apache werden nicht mehr 
vorgenommen.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sugarplum.templates:3001
msgid 
However, it is detected that at least one of your apache servers has a 
reference to sugarplum in its main configuration file.  It is highly 
recommended that you remove it now.  The line to delete should look 
something similar to:
msgstr 
Es wurde jedoch festgestellt, dass zumindest einer Ihrer Apache-Server einen 
Bezug zu Sugarplum in dessen Haupt-Konfigurationsdatei aufweist. Es wird 
dringend empfohlen, diese jetzt zu entfernen. Die zu löschende Zeile in der 
Datei httpd.conf Ihres Webservers sollte ähnlich wie:

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sugarplum.templates:3001
msgid Include /etc/sugarplum/apache.conf
msgstr Include /etc/sugarplum/apache.conf

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sugarplum.templates:3001
msgid in the httpd.conf file of your web server.
msgstr aussehen.


Bug#412619: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2007-03-04 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: bindgraph
Version: 0.2a-1
Followup-For: Bug #412619

I have updated the translation according to Christian Perrier's modified
template.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the bindgraph package.
# Copyright (C):
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: bindgraph 0.2a-1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-01 06:44+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-04 14:09-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
#| msgid Should BindGraph start on boot?
msgid Should bindgraph start on boot?
msgstr Soll Bindgraph beim Systemstart gestartet werden?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
#| msgid 
#| BindGraph can start on boot time as a daemon. Then it will will monitor 
#| your BIND logfile for changes. This is recommended.
msgid 
Bindgraph can start on boot time as a daemon. Then it will monitor your BIND 
logfile for changes. This is recommended.
msgstr 
Bindgraph kann während des Systemstarts als Daemon starten. In diesem Fall 
wird es Ihre BIND-Logdatei auf Änderungen hin überwachen. Dies wird 
empfohlen.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid The other method is to call bindgraph.pl by hand with the -l parameter.
msgstr 
Die andere Methode ist, bindgraph.pl von Hand mit dem Parameter -l 
aufzurufen.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Bindgraph log file:
msgstr Protokolldatei für Bindgraph:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#| msgid 
#| Enter the logfile from which data should be pulled to create the 
#| databases  for bindgraph. If unsure, leave default.
msgid 
Please specify the name of the log file from which data should be pulled to 
create the databases for bindgraph. If unsure, leave the default value.
msgstr 
Bitte geben Sie die Protokolldatei an, von welcher die Daten bezogen werden 
sollen, um die Datenbanken für Bindgraph zu erzeugen. Falls Sie sich nicht 
sicher sind, belassen Sie die Voreinstellung.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid BIND9 logging required
msgstr BIND9-Protokollierung erforderlich

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#| msgid BindGraph needs BIND logging to be active in order to work.
msgid Bindgraph needs BIND logging to be active in order to work.
msgstr BIND-Protikollierung muss aktiv sein, damit Bindgraph arbeiten kann.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
The required configuration in 'named.conf' is explained in /usr/share/doc/
bindgraph/README.
msgstr 
Die erforderliche Konfiguration in »named.conf« wird in /usr/share/doc/
bindgraph/README erläutert.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Remove RRD files on purge?
msgstr RRD-Dateien beim vollständigen Entfernen löschen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
#| msgid 
#| BindGraph keeps its database files under /var/lib/bindgraph. Should this 
#| directory be removed completely on purge?
msgid 
Bindgraph keeps its database files under /var/lib/bindgraph. Please choose 
whether this directory should be removed completely on purge.
msgstr 
Bindgraph speichert seine Datenbankdateien unter /var/lib/bindgraph. Bitte 
wählen Sie, ob dieses Verzeichnis gelöscht werden soll, wenn das Paket 
vollständig entfernt wird?



Bug#413448: libpam-ldap: [INTL:de] Update of German po-debconf template translation

2007-03-04 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: libpam-ldap
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared an update to the German translation of the po-debconf
template.  Please include it in your package.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)

Versions of packages libpam-ldap depends on:
ii  debconf [debconf-2.0]   1.5.11   Debian configuration management sy
ii  libc6   2.3.6.ds1-13 GNU C Library: Shared libraries
ii  libldap22.1.30-13.3  OpenLDAP libraries
ii  libpam0g0.79-4   Pluggable Authentication Modules l

libpam-ldap recommends no packages.

-- debconf information excluded
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2006 libpam-ldap package's copyright holder
# This file is distributed under the same license as the libpam-ldap package.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006, 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: dlibpam-ldap 183-1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-04 21:19+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-04 22:29-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Root login account
msgstr Zugangskonto des Datenbank-Administrators

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid This account will be used when root changes a password.
msgstr Dieses Konto wird verwendet, wenn root ein Passwort ändert.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Note: This account has to be a privileged account.
msgstr Hinweis: Dies muss ein privilegiertes Konto sein.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Root login password
msgstr Passwort des Datenbank-Administrators

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid This password will be used when libpam_ldap tries to login to the database
msgstr 
Dieses Passwort wird verwendet, wenn libpam_ldap versucht, sich bei der 
Datenbank anzumelden.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid An empty password will re-use the old password.
msgstr Ein leeres Passwort bewirkt die Weiterverwendung des alten Passwortes.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Database requires logging in.
msgstr Die Datenbank erfordert eine Anmeldung.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
You need to log in to the database only if you can't retreive entries from 
the database without it.
msgstr 
Sie müssen sich nur dann bei der Datenbank anmelden, wenn Sie ohne Anmeldung 
keine Einträge erhalten.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
This is not the same as root login, entering privileged login here is 
dangerous, as the configuration file has to be readable to all.
msgstr 
Dies ist nicht das gleiche Konto wie das Administratorkonto. Die Verwendung 
eines privilegierten Kontos hier ist gefährlich, da die Konfigurationsdatei 
für jeden lesbar sein muss.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Note: on a normal setup this is not needed.
msgstr Hinweis: Bei einer gewöhnlichen Installation ist dies nicht notwendig.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid The distinguished name of the search base.
msgstr Der eindeutige Name (distinguished name, DN) der Suchbasis.

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:5001
msgid clear
msgstr clear

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:5001
msgid crypt
msgstr crypt

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:5001
msgid nds
msgstr nds

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:5001
msgid ad
msgstr ad

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:5001
msgid exop
msgstr exop

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:5001
msgid md5
msgstr md5

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:5002
msgid Local crypt to use when changing passwords.
msgstr Zu verwendende Verschlüsselungsmethode, wenn Passwörter geändert werden.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:5002
msgid 
The PAM module can set the password crypt locally when changing the 
passwords, this is usually a good choice. By setting this to something else 
than clear you are making sure that the password gets crypted in some way.
msgstr 
Das PAM-Modul kann die Passwort-Verschlüsselung bei Änderung eines 
Passwortes lokal vornehmen. Das ist normalerweise eine gute Wahl. Mit der 
Angabe einer anderen Methode als »clear« (unverschlüsselt), wird 
sichergestellt, dass das Passwort auf irgendeine Weise verschlüsselt wird.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:5002
msgid The meanings for selections are:
msgstr Die

Bug#412929: mpdscribble: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2007-02-28 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: mpdscribble
Version: 0.2.12-1
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared a translation of the po-debconf template into German.
Please include it in debian/po.

If you consider a new upload of your package please use
'podebconf-report-po --call -deadline=...' to request new translations
via the debian-i18n mailing list.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the mpdscribble package.
# Copyright (C):
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: mpdscribble 0.2.12-1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-04 09:49+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-28 19:11-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Install system mpdscribble service?
msgstr Mpdscribble als Systemservice installieren?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
You can install mpdscribble as a system daemon.  The mpdscribble service 
will be started on boot. Note that is not necessary to run mpd as a system 
service as it runs fine when started manually using a regular user account.
msgstr 
Sie können Mpdscribble als System-Daemon installieren. Der 
Mpdscribble-Service wird beim Systemstart gestartet. Beachten Sie, dass es 
nicht notwendig ist, Mpd als Systemservice zu betreiben, da es gut 
funktioniert, wenn es manuell unter Verwendung eines regulären 
Benutzerkontos gestartet wird.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Audioscrobbler username:
msgstr Benutzername für Audioscrobbler:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Enter username you use on Audioscrobbler.
msgstr Geben Sie einen Benutzernamen ein, den Sie für Audioscrobbler verwenden.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Audioscrobbler password:
msgstr Passwort für Audioscrobbler:

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Enter password you use on Audioscrobbler.
msgstr Geben Sie das Passwort ein, das Sie für Audioscrobbler verwenden.



Bug#412773: spamprobe: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2007-02-27 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: spamprobe
Version: 1.4b-2
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared a translation of the po-debconf template into German.
Please include it in debian/po.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the spamprobe package.
# Copyright (C):
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: spamprobe 1.4b-2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-19 01:29+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-27 20:39-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Upgrading to Berkeley DB 4.2
msgstr Upgrade auf Berkeley DB 4.2

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
Starting with released spamprobe 0.9h-1, database format has changed to 
Berkeley DB 4.2 to the effect that spamprobe will not be able to modify 
existing databases.
msgstr 
Angefangen mit dem veröffentlichten Spamprobe 0.9h-1 hat sich das 
Datenbankformat zu Berkeley DB 4.2 geändert. Dies hat den Effekt, dass 
Spamprobe keine existierenden Datenbanken modifizieren kann.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
Since there is no general way to locate all existing databases, no automatic 
upgrade is attempted.  A manual upgrade path using spamprobe export/import 
is outlined in spamprobe(1) DATABASE MAINTENANCE.
msgstr 
Da es keinen generellen Weg gibt, alle existierenden Datenbanken zu 
lokalisieren, wird kein automatisches Upgrade versucht. Ein manueller 
Upgrade-Pfad unter Verwendung von spamprobe import/export wird in 
spamprobe(1) DATABASE MAINTENANCE beschrieben.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
Please inform all spamprobe users on your system of this change and to read 
README.Debian for further changes.  Sorry for the inconvenience.
msgstr 
Bitte informieren Sie alle Benutzer von Spamprobe auf Ihrem System über 
diese Änderung und weisen Sie sie darauf hin, README.Debian zu weiteren 
Änderungen zu lesen. Entschuldigung für diese Umstände.



Bug#412619: bindgraph: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2007-02-26 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: bindgraph
Version: 0.2a-1
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared a translation of the po-debconf template into German.
Please include it in debian/po.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the bindgraph package.
# Copyright (C):
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: bindgraph 0.2a-1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-02-05 07:24+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-26 21:26-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Should BindGraph start on boot?
msgstr Soll BindGraph beim Systemstart gestartet werden?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
BindGraph can start on boot time as a daemon. Then it will will monitor your 
BIND logfile for changes. This is recommended.
msgstr 
BindGraph kann während des Systemstarts als Daemon starten. In diesem Fall 
wird es Ihre BIND-Logdatei auf Änderungen hin überwachen. Dies wird 
empfohlen.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid The other method is to call bindgraph.pl by hand with the -l parameter.
msgstr 
Die andere Methode ist, bindgraph.pl von Hand mit dem Parameter -l 
aufzurufen.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Which logfile should be used by BindGraph?
msgstr Welche Logdatei soll von BindGraph verwendet werden?

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
Enter the logfile from which data should be pulled to create the databases  
for bindgraph. If unsure, leave default.
msgstr 
Geben Sie die Logdatei an, von welcher die Daten bezogen werden sollen, um 
die Datenbanken für BindGraph zu erzeugen. Falls Sie sich nicht sicher sind, 
belassen Sie die Voreinstellung.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid BIND9 logging required
msgstr BIND9-Protokollierung erforderlich

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid BindGraph needs BIND logging to be active in order to work.
msgstr BIND-Protikollierung muss aktiv sein, damit BindGraph arbeiten kann.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
The required configuration in 'named.conf' is explained in /usr/share/doc/
bindgraph/README.
msgstr 
Die erforderliche Konfiguration in »named.conf« wird in 
/usr/share/doc/bindgraph/README erläutert.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Remove RRD files on purge?
msgstr RRD-Dateien beim vollständigen Entfernen löschen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid 
BindGraph keeps its database files under /var/lib/bindgraph. Should this 
directory be removed completely on purge?
msgstr 
BindGraph speichert seine Datenbankdateien unter /var/lib/bindgraph. Soll 
dieses Verzeichnis gelöscht werden, wenn das Paket vollständig entfernt 
wird?



Bug#412620: bindgraph: Errors in debconf template

2007-02-26 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: bindgraph
Version: 0.2a-1
Severity: minor
Tags: patch

While working on the German po-debconf template translation I noticed
some minor errors in the template.  Please find attached a diff with my
proposed changes.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
--- templates.old   2007-02-26 21:31:18.0 -0500
+++ templates   2007-02-26 21:35:40.0 -0500
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 Type: boolean
 Default: true
 _Description: Should BindGraph start on boot?
- BindGraph can start on boot time as a daemon. Then it will will monitor
+ BindGraph can start on boot time as a daemon. Then it will monitor
  your BIND logfile for changes. This is recommended.
  .
  The other method is to call bindgraph.pl by hand with the -l parameter.
@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@
 Type: string
 Default: /var/log/bind9-query.log
 _Description: Which logfile should be used by BindGraph?
- Enter the logfile from which data should be pulled to create the databases 
- for bindgraph. If unsure, leave default.
+ Enter the logfile from which data should be pulled to create the databases
+ for BindGraph. If unsure, leave default.
 
 Template: bindgraph/configure_bind
 Type: note


Bug#412381: plptools: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2007-02-25 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: plptools
Version: 0.15-2
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared a translation of the po-debconf template into German.
Please include it in debian/po.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the plptools package.
# Copyright (C):
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: plptools 0.15-2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-19 04:32+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-25 14:40-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../plptools.templates:1001
msgid Customize /etc/plptools.conf
msgstr /etc/plptools.conf anpassen

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../plptools.templates:1001
msgid 
In addition to plptools' main daemon \ncpd\, plptools provides two 
optional daemons:
msgstr 
Zusätzlich zum Haupt-Daemon von Plptools »ncpd« stellt Plptools zwei 
optionale Daemons zur Verfügung:

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../plptools.templates:1001
msgid 
 plpnfsd (for nfs-like mounting a Psion's drives)\n
 plpprintd (for printing via PC from a Psion Series 5)
msgstr 
 plpnfsd (zum NFS-ähnlichen einhängen von Laufwerken eines Psions)\n
 plpprintd (zum Drucken über einen PC von einem Psion der Serie 5 aus)

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../plptools.templates:1001
msgid 
Both daemons are disabled by default. You can enable them by editing /etc/
plptools.conf.
msgstr 
Beide Daemons sind in der Voreinstellung deaktiviert. Sie können sie durch 
Editieren von /etc/plptools.conf aktivieren.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../plptools.templates:2001
msgid Should ncpd be started during boot?
msgstr Soll ncdp beim Systemstart gestartet werden?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../plptools.templates:2001
msgid 
Normally, ncpd - the daemon which handles the serial connection to a Psion - 
is started on boot-up. If you intend to connect your Psion to another 
machine on the net and NEVER will use it locally, you can disable this here.
msgstr 
Normalerweise wird ncpd - der Daemon, welcher die serielle Verbindung zu einem Psion verwaltet - beim Systemstart gestartet. Falls Sie vorhaben, 
Ihren Psion mit einem anderen Rechner im Netz zu verbinden und ihn NIE lokal 
verwenden, können Sie dies hier abschalten.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../plptools.templates:3001
msgid Specify serial line to be used
msgstr Geben Sie die serielle Schnittstelle an, die verwendet werden soll

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../plptools.templates:3001
msgid 
By default, the Psion is expected to be connected to the first serial line 
(COM1:) of your machine. You can change this here.
msgstr 
In der Voreinstellung wird erwartet, dass der Psion mit der ersten seriellen 
Schnittstelle (COM1:) ihres Rechners verbunden ist. Sie können dies hier 
ändern.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../plptools.templates:4001
msgid Specify the IP address and port for ncpd
msgstr Geben Sie die IP-Adresse und den Port für ncpd an

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../plptools.templates:4001
msgid 
If you intend to use the plptools front-ends from other machines, you can 
specify 0.0.0.0 or the IP address of your machine here. Normal users should 
keep the default 127.0.0.1!
msgstr 
Falls Sie vorhaben, die Frontends der Plptools von einem anderen Rechner aus 
zu verwenden, können Sie 0.0.0.0 oder die IP-Adresse ihres Rechners hier 
eingeben. Gewöhnliche Anwender sollten die Voreinstellung 127.0.0.1 
belassen.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../plptools.templates:4001
msgid 
Note, that THIS IS A SECURITY THREAT as no authentication and no encryption 
is used! DO NOT USE THIS on machines which are accessible from the Internet!
msgstr 
Beachten Sie, dass DIES EIN SICHERHEITSRISIKO IST, da keine 
Authentifizierung und keine Verschlüsselung verwendet wird! VERWENDEN SIE 
DIES NICHT auf Rechnern, die vom Internet aus zugänglich sind!

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../plptools.templates:5001
msgid Should plpnfsd be started during boot?
msgstr Soll plpnfsd während des Systemstarts gestartet werden?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../plptools.templates:5001
msgid 
If plpnfsd is started during boot-up, it will wait for a Psion being 
connected and then automatically mount that Psion. Since this is done as 
root, non-privileged users will not have access to the mounted directory. If 
you have a single-user machine, you probably want to start plpnfsd manually 
when you need it.
msgstr 
Falls plpnfsd während des

Bug#412250: xapian-bindings: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2007-02-24 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: xapian-bindings
Version: 0.9.9-1
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared a translation of the po-debconf template into German.
Please include it in debian/po.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the xapian-bindings package.
# Copyright (C):
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: xapian-bindings 0.9.9-1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-11-22 23:36+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-24 16:45-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../php4-xapian.templates:1001 ../php5-xapian.templates:1001
msgid Do you want php.ini to be configured to load Xapian?
msgstr Möchten Sie, dass php.ini konfiguriert wird, Xapian zu laden?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../php4-xapian.templates:1001
msgid 
This package can automatically modify the PHP4 ini file to add the necessary 
entry to always load Xapian into PHP.  Alternatively any PHP script which 
uses Xapian can load it explicitly with 'dl(\xapian.so\);'.
msgstr 
Dieses Paket kann die PHP4-ini-Datei automatisch modifizieren, um die 
notwendigen Einträge hinzuzufügen, damit Xapian immer in PHP geladen wird. 
Alternativ kann jedes PHP-Skript, welches Xapian verwendet, es explizit 
mit »dl(\xapian.so\);« laden.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../php5-xapian.templates:1001
msgid 
This package can automatically modify the PHP5 ini file to add the necessary 
entry to always load Xapian into PHP.  Alternatively any PHP script which 
uses Xapian can load it explicitly with 'dl(\xapian.so\);'.
msgstr 
Dieses Paket kann die PHP5-ini-Datei automatisch modifizieren, um die 
notwendigen Einträge hinzuzufügen, damit Xapian immer in PHP geladen wird. 
Alternativ kann jedes PHP-Skript, welches Xapian verwendet, es explizit 
mit »dl(\xapian.so\);« laden.



Bug#412160: torrentflux: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2007-02-23 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: torrentflux
Version: 2.1-7
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared a translation of the po-debconf template into German.
Please include it in debian/po.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the torrentflux package.
# Copyright (C):
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: torrentflux 2.1-7\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-19 04:33+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-23 21:58-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../torrentflux.templates:1001
msgid Should ${webserver} be restarted?
msgstr Soll ${webserver} neu gestartet werden?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../torrentflux.templates:1001
msgid 
Remember that in order to activate the new configuration ${webserver} has to 
be restarted. You can also restart ${webserver} by manually executing invoke-
rc.d ${webserver} restart.
msgstr 
Beachten Sie, dass ${webserver} neu gestartet werden muss, um die neue 
Konfiguration zu aktivieren. Sie können ${webserver} auch neu starten, indem 
Sie »invoke-rc.d ${webserver} restart« manuell ausführen.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../torrentflux.templates:2001
msgid Upgrading to 2.1 reverts configuration to default
msgstr Das Upgrade auf 2.1 setzt die Konfiguration auf die Voreinstellung zurück.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../torrentflux.templates:2001
msgid 
You are upgrading from a pre-2.1 version of torrentflux to a 2.1 or later 
version. A major change in version 2.1 is that the configuration is now 
stored in the database. This upgrade will update the database using default 
values, and any changes you have made to the configuration file /etc/
torrentflux/config.php will NOT be used. This file will be saved so that you 
can reference it later. After the upgrade is complete, you can adjust the 
settings inside the program by logging in as an admin, and clicking on 
\admin\ and then \settings\.
msgstr 
Sie führen ein Upgrade von einer Version vor 2.1 von Torrentflux auf Version 
2.1 oder später durch. Eine bedeutende Änderung in Version 2.1 ist, dass die 
Konfiguration jetzt in der Datenbank gespeichert ist. Dieses Upgrade wird 
die Datenbank unter Verwendung voreingestellter Werte aktualisieren. 
Jegliche Änderungen, die Sie an der Konfigurationsdatei 
/etc/torrentflux/config.php vorgenommen haben, werden nicht verwendet. Diese 
Datei wird gespeichert, sodass Sie sie später referenzieren können. Nachdem 
das Upgrade abgeschlossen ist, können Sie die Einstellungen anpassen, indem 
Sie sich als admin anmelden und dann auf »admin« und dann »settings« 
klicken.



Bug#412164: cmap-adobe-japan1: Improved wording in debconf strings

2007-02-23 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: cmap-adobe-japan1
Version: 0+20060504-2
Severity: minor
Tags: patch

While working on the German po-debconf template translation I noticed
some not so perfect wordings in the English text.  I have attached the
corrected version of cmap-adobe-japan1.templates.

This change does not affect the German translation.  Please unfuzzy all
strings after running debconf-updatepo.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Template: cmap-adobe-japan1/level
Type: multiselect
_Choices: standard, optional, extra
Default: standard
_Description: Choose the necessary group(s) of CMaps according to their 
importance.
 The Adobe-Japan1 character collection consists of so many CMaps that it takes
 considerable time to register them all, though rarely used ones are also 
included. By
 unselecting the extra (and possibly optional) group(s) those rarely used
 ones are kept from being registered.


Bug#412049: slimserver: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2007-02-22 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: slimserver
Version: 6.3.0-4
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared a translation of the po-debconf template into German.
Please include in debian/po.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the slimserver package.
# Copyright (C):
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: slimserver 6.3.0-4\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-19 01:28+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-22 22:44-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../slimserver.templates:1001
msgid Download player firmware as part of package installation?
msgstr Die Firmware als Teil der Paketinstallation herunterladen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../slimserver.templates:1001
msgid 
The Slimdevices SliMP3, SqueezeBox, and SqueezeBox 2/3 hardware Audio 
players use flash-upgradable firmware which is not included in this package, 
for copyright reasons. The firmware changes with nearly every release of 
SlimServer, and must be kept up-to-date. If out-of-date firmware is found, 
SlimServer will need to update it.
msgstr 
Die Hardware-Audio-Abspielgeräte von Slim Devices SlimMP3, SqueezeBox und 
SqueezeBox 2/3 verwenden eine Firmware, die flash-aktualisierbar ist. Diese 
ist aus lizenzrechtlichen Gründen nicht in diesem Paket enthalten. Die 
Firmware ändert sich mit fast jeder Release von SlimServer und muss aktuell 
gehalten werden. Falls eine veraltete Firmware gefunden wird, muss 
SlimServer sie aktualisieren.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../slimserver.templates:1001
msgid 
You can set the Debian SlimServer package to download a complete set of 
firmware images from the SlimDevices SubVersion server as part of its 
installation process. As the SlimServer package is upgraded, new firmware 
images will be downloaded as part of the upgrade. If you choose not to do 
this, then Slimserver will attempt the download firmware if and when it 
determines that a player upgrade is needed.
msgstr 
Sie können das Debian-SlimServer-Paket so einrichten, dass es einen 
vollständigen Satz von Firmware-Images vom SubVersion-Server von Slim 
Devices als Teil seines Installationsprozesses herunterlädt. Wenn ein 
Upgrade des SlimServer-Paketes durchgeführt wird, werden neue 
Firmware-Images heruntergeladen. Falls Sie sich entscheiden, dies nicht zu 
tun, wird SlimServer versuchen, die Firmware herunterzuladen, wenn es 
feststellt, dass eine Aktualisierung erforderlich ist.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../slimserver.templates:1001
msgid 
You should say accept this option if you intend to use SlimServer with Slim 
Devices audio hardware and you don't have an always-on net connection. If 
you don't intend to use Slim Devices hardware you should decline, and if you 
do intend to use Slim Devices hardware, but have a permanent net connection, 
you can also decline, and have SlimServer download firmware as it needs it.
msgstr 
Sie sollten diese Möglichkeit akzeptieren, falls Sie planen, SlimServer mit 
Audio-Hardware von Slim Devices zu verwenden und Sie keine permanente 
Internet-Verbindung haben. Falls Sie nicht vorhaben, Geräte von Slim Devices 
zu verwenden, sollten Sie ablehnen. Und falls Sie Geräte von Slim Devices 
verwenden möchten und eine permanente Internet-Verbindung haben, können Sie 
auch ablehnen und es SlimServer überlassen, die Firmware herunterzuladen, 
wenn sie benötigt wird.



Bug#412050: slimserver: Errors in po-debconf template

2007-02-22 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: slimserver
Version: 6.3.0-4
Severity: minor
Tags: patch

While translating the po-debconf templates I noticed a couple of
capitalization inconsistencies as well as an error.  Please apply the
attached patch to the slimserver.templates file.  This does not affect
the German translation.  Please unfuzzy de.po after running
debconf-updatepo.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
--- slimserver.templates.old2007-02-22 22:51:33.0 -0500
+++ slimserver.templates2007-02-22 22:56:42.0 -0500
@@ -2,20 +2,20 @@
 Type: boolean
 Default: false
 _Description: Download player firmware as part of package installation?
- The Slimdevices SliMP3, SqueezeBox, and SqueezeBox 2/3 hardware Audio
+ The Slim Devices SliMP3, SqueezeBox, and SqueezeBox 2/3 hardware audio
  players use flash-upgradable firmware which is not included in this
  package, for copyright reasons. The firmware changes with nearly every
  release of SlimServer, and must be kept up-to-date. If out-of-date
  firmware is found, SlimServer will need to update it.
  .
  You can set the Debian SlimServer package to download a complete set of
- firmware images from the SlimDevices SubVersion server as part of its
+ firmware images from the Slim Devices SubVersion server as part of its
  installation process. As the SlimServer package is upgraded, new firmware
  images will be downloaded as part of the upgrade. If you choose not to do
- this, then Slimserver will attempt the download firmware if and when it
+ this, then SlimServer will attempt the download firmware if and when it
  determines that a player upgrade is needed.
  .
- You should say accept this option if you intend to use SlimServer with Slim
+ You should accept this option if you intend to use SlimServer with Slim
  Devices audio hardware and you don't have an always-on net connection. If
  you don't intend to use Slim Devices hardware you should decline, and
  if you do intend to use Slim Devices hardware, but have a permanent net


Bug#411440: debsecan: [INTL:de] Update for German po-debconf template translation

2007-02-18 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: debsecan
Version: 0.4.3.5
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared an update for the German translation of the templates for 
po-debconf.  Please include it in debian/po.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2006, Matthias Julius
# This file is distributed under the same license as the debsecan package.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006, 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: debsecan 0.4.3.2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-02-18 16:50+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-18 21:41-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../debsecan.templates:1001
msgid Do you want debsecan to send daily reports?
msgstr Möchten Sie, dass debsecan tägliche Berichte versendet?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../debsecan.templates:1001
msgid 
debsecan can check the security status of the host once per day, and notify 
you of any changes by email.
msgstr 
Debsecan kann den Sicherheitsstatus des Rechners einmal pro Tag prüfen und 
Sie bei Änderungen per Email informieren.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../debsecan.templates:1001
msgid 
If you choose this option, debsecan will download a small file once a day.  
Your package list will not be transmitted to the server.
msgstr 
Falls Sie diese Möglichkeit wählen, wird debsecan einmal pro Tag eine kleine 
Datei herunterladen. Ihre Paketliste wird nicht an den Server übermittelt.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../debsecan.templates:2001
msgid Email address to which daily reports should be sent:
msgstr Email-Adresse, an die tägliche Berichte gesendet werden sollen:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../debsecan.templates:3001
msgid Main suite from which packages are installed:
msgstr Hauptsächliche Release, von der Pakete installiert werden:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../debsecan.templates:3001
msgid 
To present more useful data, debsecan needs to know the Debian release from 
which you usually install packages.
msgstr 
Um nützlichere Daten zu präsentieren, muss debsecan die Debian-Release 
kennen, von der Sie gewöhnlich Pakete installieren.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../debsecan.templates:3001
msgid 
If you specify \GENERIC\ (the default), only basic debsecan functionality 
is available.  If you specify the suite matching your sources.list 
configuration, information about fixed and obsolete packages will be 
included in email reports.
msgstr 
Falls Sie »GENERIC« (Voreinstellung) angeben, ist nur die 
Basisfunktionalität von debsecan verfügbar. Falls Sie die Release angeben, 
die zu Ihrer souces.list-Konfiguration passt, werden die Email-Berichte 
Informationen bezüglich aktualisierter und veralteter Pakete enthalten.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../debsecan.templates:4001
msgid URL of vulnerability information:
msgstr URL für Informationen über Sicherheitslücken:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../debsecan.templates:4001
msgid 
debsecan fetches vulnerability information from the network. If your system 
is not connected to the Internet, you can enter the URL of a local mirror 
here.  If you leave this option empty, the built-in default URL is used.
msgstr 
Debsecan lädt Informationen über Sicherheitslücken aus dem Netzerk. Falls 
Ihr System nicht mit dem Internet verbunden ist, können Sie die URL eines 
lokalen Spiegel-Servers hier angeben. Falls Sie diese Einstellung leer 
lassen, wird eine voreingestellte URL verwendet.



Bug#411219: twiki: [INTL:de] German po-debconf translation

2007-02-17 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: twiki
Version: 1:4.0.5-9
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared a translation of the po-debconf template into German.
Please include it in the package.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2007, Matthias Julius
# This file is distributed under the same license as the twiki package.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: twiki 1:4.0.5-9\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-02-16 20:22+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-17 02:55-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Top-level URL of the server TWiki runs under:
msgstr Wurzel-URL des Servers unter dem TWiki läuft:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
For a normal install, this should be a URL for your web server's full name, 
which is used to construct urls on some pages.  The install will serve up 
the data by adding \twiki\ to the end of this setting; it is also needed 
for certain redirections.
msgstr 
Für eine normale Installation sollte dies eine URL für den vollständigen 
Namen Ihres Webservers sein. Diese wird auf einigen Seiten zur Erzeugung von 
URLs verwendet. Die Installation wird die Daten aussenden indem »twiki« an 
das Ende dieses Wertes gehägt wird. Er wird auch für bestimmte 
Weiterleitungen benötigt.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Email address of the webmaster for this TWiki:
msgstr Email-Adresse des Webmasters für dieses TWiki:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
This email address gets mail for new user registration, and is listed on the 
\oops\ page when things go wrong.
msgstr 
Diese Email-Adresse erhält Email für die Registration neuer Nutzer und wird 
auf der »oops«-Seite aufgeführt, wenn Fehler auftreten.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Install default wiki Topic Set on initial install?
msgstr 
Den voreingestellten Wiki-Themen-Satz bei der ersten Installation 
installieren?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
TWiki includes a complete \starter kit\ which includes user registration 
pages, documentation, and tutorials.  Only decline if you're re-installing 
twiki after deleting the package and want to keep the old data, or if you've 
got a twiki data set from your own manual install. If data/Main/WebHome.txt 
is present, the starter kit will not be unpacked. The starter kit files can 
be found in /usr/share/twiki/twiki-data.tar.gz  (and twiki-pub.tar.gz), if 
you want to install it manually or compare your  topics with the new version.
msgstr 
TWiki enthält ein vollständiges »Starter-Kit«, welches Seiten zur 
Benutzerregistration, Dokumentation und Tutorials enthält. Lehnen Sie hier 
nur ab, falls Sie TWiki neu installieren, nachdem das Paket entfernt wurde, 
und Sie die alten Daten behalten möchten, oder falls Sie TWiki-Daten von 
Ihrer eigenen manuellen Installation haben. Falls data/Main/WebHome.txt 
vorhanden ist, wird das Starter-Kit nicht entpackt. Die Dateien des 
Starter-Kits befinden sich in /usr/share/twiki/twiki-data.tar.gz (und 
twiki-pub.tar.gz). für den Fall, dass Sie sie manuell installieren oder Ihre 
Themen mit der neuen Version vergleichen möchten.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Admin User Registration configuration required
msgstr Konfiguration für die Admin-Benutzer-Registration erforderlich

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid 
After you have created yourself a user, edit the Main.TWikiAdminGroup to 
restrict Admin privileges to that user.
msgstr 
Nachdem Sie sich selbst einen Benutzer angelegt haben, editieren Sie 
Main.TWikiAdminGroup, um die Admin-Privilegien auf diesen Benutzer zu 
beschränken.



Bug#411217: rkhunter: [INTL:de] German po-debconf translation update

2007-02-16 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: rkhunter
Version: 1.2.9-3
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared an update to the German po-debconf translation.  Please
include it in debian/po.

This is essentially the same file as the one I sent in for the initial
translation.  Magically a period character disappeared from the second
msgid string.

The current de.po file is not in sync with templates.pot (see
http://www.debian.org/international/l10n/po-debconf/errors-by-pkg#Prkhunter).
Please call debconf-updatepo in the clean target in debian/rules to
avoid this.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2006, Matthias Julius
# This file is distributed under the same license as the rkhunter package.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006, 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: rkhunter 1.2.9-2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-02-15 04:32+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-16 18:25-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Activate daily run?
msgstr Täglichen Lauf aktivieren?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
Choose this option if you want rkhunter to be run automatically via cron.
daily.
msgstr 
Wählen Sie diese Möglichkeit, falls Sie wollen, dass rkhunter durch 
cron.daily automatisch ausgeführt wird.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Activate weekly database update?
msgstr Die wöchentliche Aktualisierung der Datenbanken aktivieren?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
Choose this option if you want rkhunter databases to be updated 
automatically via cron.weekly.
msgstr 
Wählen Sie diese Möglichkeit, falls Sie wollen, dass die rkhunter-
Datenbanken automatisch durch cron.weekly aktualisiert werden.



Bug#409643: desktop-profiles: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2007-02-10 Thread Matthias Julius
cobaco (aka Bart Cornelis) [EMAIL PROTECTED] writes:

 and in the third string is '\\n' used to break lines which should be '\n'.

 another artifact of debconf-updatepo it escapes the \n in debian/templates, 
 not sure how to avoid this, and AFAICT it seems to do the right thing 
 already anyway. - leaving as is.

You don't need to put '\n' in templates.  If you indent a paragraph
with two spaces debconf will keep the word wrapping as it is in the
template.  See attached templates file.

Matthias
Template: desktop-profiles/replace-old-vars
Type: note
_Description: Global gconf path file needs to be changed!
 The include directives used by desktop-profiles have changed (in response to
 bug 309978, see the bug report and corresponding entry in the changelog of
 version 1.4.6 of this package for details).
 .
 To reenable gconf profiles you need to change /etc/gconf/2/path as follows:
  - 'include /var/cache/desktop-profiles/\$(USER)_mandatory.path' should
be 'include \$(ENV_MANDATORY_PATH)' and
  - 'include /var/cache/desktop-profiles/\$(USER)_defaults.path' should
be 'include \$(ENV_DEFAULTS_PATH)'
   


Bug#409643: desktop-profiles: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2007-02-04 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: desktop-profiles
Version: 1.4.13
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared a translation of the po-debconf template into German.
Please include it in debian/po.

Note, in the second msgid string are two double spaces and in the third
string is '\\n' used to break lines which should be '\n'.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2007, Matthias Julius
# This file is distributed under the same license as the desktop-profiles package.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: desktop-profiles 1.4.13\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-06 11:32+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-04 09:31-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Global gconf path file needs to be changed!
msgstr Globale Gconf-Pfad-Datei muss geändert werden!

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
The include directives used by desktop-profiles have changed (in response 
to  bug 309978, see the bug report and corresponding entry in the changelog 
of  version 1.4.6 of this package for details).
msgstr 
Die include-Direktiven, die von desktop-profiles verwendet werden, haben 
sich geändert (in Reaktion auf Fehler 309978, siehe Fehlerbericht und den 
korrespondierenden Eintrag im Changelog von Version 1.4.6 dieses Paketes zu 
Einzelheiten).

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
To reenable gconf profiles you need to change /etc/gconf/2/path as follows:
\\n - 'include /var/cache/desktop-profiles/\\$(USER)_mandatory.path' should 
be 'include \\$(ENV_MANDATORY_PATH)' and\\n - 'include /var/cache/desktop-
profiles/\\$(USER)_defaults.path' should be 'include \\$(ENV_DEFAULTS_PATH)'
msgstr 
Um die Gconf-Profile zu reaktivieren, müssen Sie die Datei /etc/gconf/2/path 
wie folgt ändern:\n
 - »include /var/cache/desktop-profiles/\\$(USER)_mandatory.path« sollte\n
   »include \\$(ENV_MANDATORY_PATH)« lauten, und\n
 - »include /var/cache/desktop-profiles/\\$(USER)_defaults.path« sollte\n
   »include \\$(ENV_DEFAULTS_PATH)« lauten



Bug#409327: quagga: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2007-02-01 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: quagga
Version: 0.99.6-2
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared a translation of the po-debconf template into German.
Please include it in debian/po.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2007, Matthias Julius
# This file is distributed under the same license as the quagga package.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: quagga 0.99.6-2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-15 20:31+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-01 19:32-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../quagga.templates:1001
msgid Do you really want to stop the Quagga daemon?
msgstr Möchten Sie den Quagga-Daemon wirklich beenden?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../quagga.templates:1001
msgid 
WARNING: The Quagga routing daemon has to be stopped to proceed. This could 
lead to BGP flaps or loss of network connectivity.
msgstr 
Warnung: Um fortzufahren muss der Quagga-Routing-Daemon beendet werden. Dies 
könnte zu BGP-Flaps oder Verlust der Netzwerkverbindung führen.



Bug#409235: davfs2: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2007-01-31 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: davfs2
Version: 1.1.2-3
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared a translation of the po-debconf template into German.
Please include it in debian/po.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2007, Matthias Julius
# This file is distributed under the same license as the davfs2 package.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: davfs2 1.1.2-3\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-29 19:45+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-31 22:44-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Do you want /sbin/mount.davfs to be installed SUID root?
msgstr Soll /sbin/mount.davfs mit gesetztem SUID-Bit für root installiert werden?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
The file /sbin/mount.davfs must have the SUID bit set if you want to allow 
non-root users to mount webdav resources.
msgstr 
Die Datei /sbin/mount.davfs muss das SUID-Bit gesetzt haben, falls Sie 
Nicht-root-Benutzern erlauben möchten, Webdav-Recourcen einzubinden.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Files with SUID root are normally avoided.
msgstr Dateien mit SUID root werden normalerweise vermieden.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
If you answer confirmative to this question, more details will be required.  
Otherwise, non-root users can not mount webdav resources.
msgstr 
Falls Sie dieser Frage zustimmen, werden mehr Details benötigt. Anderenfalls 
können Nicht-root-Benutzer keine Webdav-Resourcen einbinden.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid You can always change your opinion with \dpkg-reconfigure davfs2\
msgstr 
Sie können Ihre Meinung jederzeit durch Aufruf von »dpkg-reconfigure davfs2« 
ändern.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid The non-root users of davfs2 must be part of this group:
msgstr Die Nicht-root-Benutzer von davfs2 müssen Mitglied dieser Gruppe sein:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
For creating a file in /var/run/mount.davfs you must provide a group to own 
this directory. If you give a non-existant group, it will be created for you.
msgstr 
Um eine Datei in /var/run/mount.davfs anzulegen, müssen Sie eine Gruppe 
benennen, die dieses Verzeichnis besitzen soll. Falls Sie eine 
nichtexistierende Gruppe angeben, wird sie angelegt.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Do you want to create this new group?
msgstr Möchten Sie diese neue Gruppe anlegen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
The group \${group_name}\ will be created because it doesn't exist in your 
system and will be used by davfs2 if you answer confirmative.
msgstr 
Die Gruppe »${group_name}« wird angelegt, weil sie auf Ihrem System nicht 
existiert. Sie wird von davfs2 verwendet, falls Sie dieser Frage zustimmen.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Non-root users can now mount webdav resources
msgstr Nicht-root-Benutzer können jetzt Webdav-Resourcen einbinden.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid 
The group \${group_name}\ will be used for davfs2. You must add to this 
group all your users that you want to grant access. Remember to add a line 
similar to this one in the /etc/fstab:
msgstr 
Die Gruppe »${group_name}« wird für davfs2 verwendet. Sie müssen alle 
Benutzer, denen Sie Zugang gewähren möchten, zu dieser Gruppe hinzufügen. 
Denken Sie daran, eine Zeile wie die folgende zu /etc/fstab hinzuzufügen:

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid https://webdav.site.com/path  /mnt  davfs  rw,users,noauto  0  0
msgstr https://webdav.site.com/path  /mnt  davfs  rw,users,noauto  0  0

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid 
Please, note that you should use http if your server doesn't support https 
connections. The mount point, the name of the server and the path must be 
adapted to your requirements.
msgstr 
Bitte beachten Sie, dass Sie HTTP benutzen sollten, falls Ihr Server kein 
HTTPS unterstützt. Der Einhängepunkt, der Name des Servers und der Pfad 
müssen an Ihre Anforderungen angepasst werden.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid 
More options can be used optionaly, please check the mount.davfs manpage for 
more information.
msgstr 
Mehr Einstellungen können optional verwendet werden. Bitte lesen Sie die 
Handbuchseite von mount.devfs zu mehr

Bug#408699: libpam_rsa: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2007-01-27 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: libpam_rsa
Version: 0.8-9-1
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared a translation of the po-debconf template into German.
Please include it in debian/po.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2007, Matthias Julius
# This file is distributed under the same license as the libpam-rsa package.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: libpam-rsa 0.8-9-1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-21 08:44+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-27 14:49-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libpam-rsa.templates:1001
msgid Omit libpam-rsa configuration?
msgstr Die Konfiguration von libpam-rsa überspringen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libpam-rsa.templates:1001
msgid 
If you enable this option, no initial configuration will be created and you 
will need to create /etc/security/pam_rsa.conf in order to use this module.
msgstr 
Fall Sie diese Option wählen, wird keine Erstkonfiguration erstellt, und Sie 
müssen /etc/security/pam_rsa.conf erzeugen, um dieses Modul verwenden zu 
können.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libpam-rsa.templates:2001
msgid Directory containing RSA public keys:
msgstr Verzeichnis, das öffentliche RSA-Schlüssel enthält:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libpam-rsa.templates:2001
msgid 
Specifies the directory that contains the RSA public keys. The value must be 
an absolute path starting with a '/'. A trailing '/' is allowed but not 
required.
msgstr 
Dies ist das Verzeichnis, das die öffentlichen RSA-Schlüssel enthält. Dieser 
Wert muss eine absolute Pfadangabe sein, die mit einem »/« anfängt. Ein 
abschließendes »/« ist erlaubt jedoch nicht nicht erforderlich.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libpam-rsa.templates:3001
msgid Directory containing private, possibly mobile, RSA keys:
msgstr Verzeichnis, welches private, möglicherweise mobile, RSA-Schlüssel enthält:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libpam-rsa.templates:3001
msgid 
Specifies the directory that contains the RSA private keys. This keys might 
be mobile, like in a USB key. If you leave the default option, you need to 
make sure that your USB mass storage devices are automounted so the 
directory can be reached.
msgstr 
Dies ist das Verzeichnis, das die privaten RSA-Schlüssel enthält. Diese 
Schlüssel können mobil sein wie in einem USB-Schlüssel. Falls Sie den 
voreingestellten Wert belassen, müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass Ihre 
USB-Massenspeichergeräte automatisch eingehängt werden, so dass das 
Verzeichnis erreicht werden kann.

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpam-rsa.templates:4001
msgid sha1, none
msgstr SHA1, keine

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../libpam-rsa.templates:4002
msgid Type of hashing for the private key filename:
msgstr Hash-Algorithmus für den Dateinamen des privaten Schlüssels:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../libpam-rsa.templates:4002
msgid 
Specifies whether the private key's filename should be SHA1 hashed or not. 
The value must be either sha1 or none. This value is case insensitive.
msgstr 
Dies gibt an, ob ein SHA1-Hash des Dateinamens des privaten Schlüssels 
gebildet werden soll.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libpam-rsa.templates:5001
msgid Prompt used by PAM-aware applications:
msgstr 
Eingabeaufforderung, die von PAM-verwendenden Applikationen verwendet werden 
soll:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libpam-rsa.templates:5001
msgid 
Specifies the prompt that could be presented to a PAM-aware application that 
calls pam_rsa. The value must be less than 128 characters. Note that if 
ask_pass or ask_passphrase argument is not passed to pam_rsa module, then 
the value of pam_prompt is ignored.
msgstr 
Dies spezifiziert die Eingabeaufforderung, die von Applikationen angezeigt 
werden kann, die PAM verwenden und pam_rsa aufrufen. Dieser Wert muss 
weniger als 128 Zeichen haben. Beachten Sie, dass der Wert von pam_prompt 
ignoriert wird, wenn das ask_pass- oder ask_passphrase-Argument nicht an das 
pam_rsa-Modul übergeben wird.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libpam-rsa.templates:6001
msgid Log authentication results?
msgstr Authentifizierungsergebnisse protokollieren?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libpam-rsa.templates:6001
msgid 
Specifies whether pam_rsa authentication results should be logged even in 
cases when the result is success. Authentication failures are always logged 
regardless of the value of this option.
msgstr

Bug#408586: ckermit: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2007-01-26 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: ckermit
Version: 211-6
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared a translation of the po-debconf template into German.
Please include it in debian/po.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2007, Matthias Julius
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ckermit package.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: ckermit 211-6\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-19 01:49+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-26 20:47-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Enable Internet Kermit Service Daemon (IKSD) in inetd.conf?
msgstr Den Internet Kermit Service Daemon (IKSD) in inetd.conf aktivieren?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
The Internet Kermit Service daemon (IKSD) is the C-Kermit program running as 
an Internet service, similar to an FTP or Telnet server.  It executes Telnet 
protocol just like a Telnet server and it transfers files like an FTP 
server.  But unlike an FTP server, IKSD uses the Kermit file transfer 
protocol (which is more powerful and flexible) and allows both FTP-like 
client/server connections as well as direct keyboard interaction.  Secure 
authentication methods and encrypted sessions are available, as well as a 
wide range of file transfer and management functions, which can be scripted 
to automate arbitrarily complex tasks.
msgstr 
Der Internet Kermit Service Daemon (IKSD) ist ein C-Kermit-Programm, welches 
ähnlich einem FTP- oder Telnet-Server als Internet-Service läuft. Es führt 
das Telnet-Protokoll wie ein Telnet-Server aus und es überträgt Dateien wie 
ein FTP-Server. Aber anders als ein FTP-Server, benutzt IKSD das 
Kermit-Datei-Transfer-Protokoll (welches leistungsfähiger und flexibler 
ist), und erlaubt sowohl FTP-ähnliche Client/Server-Verbindungen als auch 
direkte Tastatur-Interaktion. Sichere Authentifikations-Methoden und 
verschlüsselte Sitzungen sind verfügbar sowie eine große Auswahl von 
Dateiübertragungs- und -verwaltungsfunktionen. Diese können in Skripten 
verwendet werden, um beliebig komplexe Aufgaben auszuführen.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Enable anonymous IKSD logins?
msgstr Anonyme IKSD-Anmeldung erlauben?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid IKSD supports anonymous logins (using chroot), similar to anonymous ftp.
msgstr IKSD unterstützt anonyme Anmeldung (verwendet chroot) ähnlich anonymem FTP.

#. Type: string
#. Default
#: ../templates:3001
msgid /home/ftp
msgstr /home/ftp

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid Directory for anonymous IKSD logins
msgstr Verzeichnis für anonyme IKSD-Anmeldungen

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid 
Enter directory for anonymous IKSD logins. A chroot() will be performed into 
this directory on login. This directory will NOT be created.
msgstr 
Geben Sie das Verzeichnis für anonyme IKSD-Anmeldungen ein. Ein 
chroot()-Aufruf in dieses Verzeichnis wird bei der Anmeldung durchgeführt. 
Das Verzeichnis wird NICHT angelegt.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid The default is /home/ftp (same as wu-ftpd)
msgstr Die Voreinstellung ist /home/ftp (wie in wu-ftpd).



Bug#408468: tripwire: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2007-01-25 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: tripwire
Version: 2.3.1.2.0-7
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared a translation of the po-debconf template into German.
Please include it in debian/po.

Note: The 11th and the 32nd msgid mention the site key when most
probably the local key is meant.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2007, Matthias Julius
# This file is distributed under the same license as the tripwire package.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: tripwire 2.3.1.2.0-7\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-19 01:35+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-25 19:47-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Do you wish to upgrade?
msgstr Möchten Sie das Upgrade durchführen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
The format of the Tripwire database and configuration files have changed 
substantially between previous versions and this release.
msgstr 
Die Formate der Tripwire-Datenbank und der Konfigurationsdateien haben sich 
wesentlich zwischen früheren Versionen und dieser Ausgabe geändert.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
To ensure your system remains secure, the upgrade process keeps a copy of 
the old version of Tripwire and the old configuration file along with any 
old databases that may exist.  You will find a detailed explanation for 
using the old version of Tripwire in /usr/share/doc/tripwire/README.Debian.
msgstr 
Um sicherzustellen, dass Ihr System sicher bleibt, behält der 
Upgrade-Prozess eine Kopie der alten Version von Tripwire und der alten 
Konfigurationsdatei zusammen mit etwaigen alten Datenbanken. Sie finden eine 
ausführliche Erklärung zur Verwendung der alten Version von Tripwire 
in /usr/share/doc/tripwire/README.Debian.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
However, as no conversion of the old configuration file and database is 
attempted, you may prefer not to upgrade.
msgstr 
Da jedoch keine Konvertierung der alten Konfigurationsdatei und Datenbank 
versucht wird, könnten Sie es vorziehen, kein Upgrade durchzuführen.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
Due to the way Debian handles configuration files, if you choose to upgrade 
you must accept the new version of /etc/cron.daily/tripwire for regular 
reporting to occur.  The cron job associated with the previous version will 
continue to run regardless.
msgstr 
Falls Sie sich für das Upgrade entscheiden, müssen Sie aufgrund der Art, wie 
Debian Konfigurationsdateien behandelt, die neue Version von 
/etc/cron.daily/tripwire akzeptieren, damit regelmäßige Berichte produziert 
werden können.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Do you wish to create/use your site key pass-phrase during installation?
msgstr 
Möchten Sie Ihre Site-Passphrase während der Installation 
erzeugen/verwenden?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
Tripwire uses a pair of keys to sign various files, thus ensuring their 
unaltered state.  By accepting here, you will be prompted for the pass-
phrase for the first of those keys, the site key, during the installation.  
You are also agreeing to the create of a site key if one doesn't already 
exist.  Tripwire uses the site key to sign files that may be common to 
multiple systems, e.g. the configuration  policy files.  See twfiles(5) for 
more information.
msgstr 
Tripwire benutzt ein Paar von Schlüsseln, um verschiedene Dateien zur 
Absicherung deren unveränderten Statuses zu signieren. Falls Sie hier 
akzeptieren, werden Sie nach der Passphrase für den ersten dieser Schlüssel, 
dem Site-Schlüssel, während der Installation gefragt. Sie stimmen damit auch 
der Erzeugung eines Site-Schlüssels zu, falls ein solcher noch nicht 
existiert. Tripwire verwendet den Site-Schlüssel, um Dateien zu signieren, 
die von verschiedenen Systemen gemeinsam genutzt werden, wie Konfigurations- 
und Richtliniendateien. Für mehr Informationen, siehe twfiles(5).

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001 ../templates:3001
msgid 
Unfortunately, due to the Debian installation process, there is a period of 
time where this pass-phrase exists in a unencrypted format. Were an attacker 
to have access to your machine during this period, that could possibly 
retrieve your pass-phrase and use it at some later point.
msgstr 
Aufgrund des Debian

Bug#407764: Acknowledgement (acidlab: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation)

2007-01-23 Thread Matthias Julius
This is an update of the German po-debconf tranlation.

Matthias
# translation of po-debconf template to German
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: acidlab 0.9.6b20-16\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-23 19:22+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 22:30-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Both
msgstr Beide

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:1001
msgid None
msgstr Keiner

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1002
msgid Web server to reconfigure automatically:
msgstr Automatisch einzurichtende Webserver:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1002
msgid 
ACIDlab supports any web server that PHP does, but this automatic 
configuration process only supports Apache and Apache-SSL.
msgstr 
ACIDlab untersützt jeden Webserver, der PHP unterstützt, aber dieser 
automatische Konfigurationsprozess unterstützt nur Apache und Apache-SSL.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Database server type to use:
msgstr Typ des zu verwendenden Datenbank-Servers:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
ACIDlab supports MySQL, PostgreSQL and MS-SQL to retrieve event alerts from. 
This will be used for both the alert and archive databases as both must use 
the same database server type.
msgstr 
ACIDlab unterstützt MySQL, PostgreSQL und MS-SQL um Ereignisalarme zu 
beziehen. Dies wird sowohl für die Alarm- als auch die Archivdatenbank 
benutzt, da beide den selben Datenbank-Server-Typ verwenden müssen.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Alert database name:
msgstr Name der Alarmdatenbank:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
Please enter the name of your alert database. This should already have been 
setup as per Snort's configuration documentation.
msgstr 
Bitte geben Sie den Namen für Ihre Alarmdatenbank ein. Diese sollte schon 
entsprechend der Dokumentation der Snort-Konfiguration eingerichtet sein.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Alert database server hostname:
msgstr Rechnername des Alarmdatenbank-Servers:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid Alert database server port number:
msgstr Port-Nummer des Alarmdatenbank-Servers:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001 ../templates:10001
msgid Please leave this blank if it is running on a standard port.
msgstr Bitte lassen Sie dies leer, falls sie auf einem Standard-Port läuft.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid Alert database user:
msgstr Benutzer für die Alarmdatenbank:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid 
Please enter the database login used by ACIDlab to connect to the alert 
database as.
msgstr 
Bitte geben Sie den Benutzernamen ein, der von ACIDlab zur Verbindung mit 
der Alarmdatenbank verwendet wird.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid Alert database password:
msgstr Passwort für die Alarmdatenbank:

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid 
Please enter the database password used by ACIDlab to connect to the alert 
database as.
msgstr 
Bitte geben Sie das Datenbankpasswort ein, das von ACIDlab zur Verbindung 
mit der Alarmdatenbank verwendet wird.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:8001
msgid Archive database name:
msgstr Name der Archivdatenbank:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:8001
msgid 
Please enter the name of the archive database. This should already have been 
setup as per Snort's configuration documentation.
msgstr 
Bitte geben Sie den Namen für Ihre Archivdatenbank ein. Diese sollte schon 
entsprechend der Dokumentation der Snort-Konfiguration eingerichtet sein.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:9001
msgid Archive database server hostname:
msgstr Rechnername des Archivdatenbank-Servers:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:10001
msgid Archive database server port number:
msgstr Port-Nummer des Archivdatenbank-Servers:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:11001
msgid Archive database user:
msgstr Benutzername für die Archivdatenbank:

#. Type: string
#. Description

Bug#408204: acidbase: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2007-01-23 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: acidbase
Version: 1.2.7-2
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared a translation of the po-debconf template into German.
Please include it in debian/po.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2007, Matthias Julius
# This file is distributed under the same license as the acidbase package.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: acidbase 1.2.7-2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-09-03 11:24+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 22:55-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:1001
msgid All
msgstr Alle

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:1001
msgid None
msgstr Keine

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1002
msgid Version(s) of Apache to configure automatically:
msgstr Automatische einzurichtende Version(en) von Apache:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1002
msgid BASE requires a few things to be set up in your web server configuration.
msgstr 
BASE erfordert, dass einige Dinge in Ihrer Webserver-Konfiguration 
eingerichtet werden.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1002
msgid 
The Debian packaged version can usually automatically configure apache by 
dropping a symlink into the /etc/APACHE-SERVER/conf.d directory. Select 
\None\ if you aren't running apache or you would prefer to set up the web 
server yourself. If you select a version to configure, all configuration 
changes will also be removed when the package is purged.
msgstr 
Dieses Debian-Paket kann Apache normalerweise automatisch einrichten, indem 
es einen symbolischen Link in das Verzeichnis /etc/APACHE-SERVER/conf.d 
platziert. Wählen Sie »Keine«, falls Sie keinen Apache verwenden oder falls 
Sie es vorziehen, den Webserver selbst einzurichten. Falls Sie eine Version 
zur Konfiguration auswählen, werden alle Konfigurationsänderungen entfernt, 
wenn das Paket vollständig gelöscht wird.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid NOTE: Manual configuration required
msgstr Hinweis: Manuelle Konfiguration erforderlich

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
You will need to go to http://localhost/acidbase first to force the database 
modifications for BASE.
msgstr 
Sie müssen zuerst http://localhost/acidbase aufrufen, um die 
Datenbankänderungen für BASE zu erzwingen.



Bug#408017: anthy: [INTL:de] Update of German po-debconf template translation

2007-01-22 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: anthy
Version: 7900-3.1
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared an update for the German translation of the po-debconf 
template. Please include it in debian/po.

Note: The first sentence in the second msgid The anthy package can use
add-on dictionaries to the system dictionary. should probably read
something like The anthy package can use add-on dictionaries in
addition to the system dictionary.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2006, Matthias Julius
# This file is distributed under the same license as the anthy package.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006, 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: anthy 7900-3.1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-11-25 00:36+0900\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-22 18:06-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../anthy.templates:1001
msgid Add-on dictionaries to use:
msgstr Zu verwendende Erweiterungswörterbücher:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../anthy.templates:1001
msgid 
The anthy package can use add-on dictionaries to the system dictionary. the 
following dictionaries are currently available:
msgstr 
Das anthy-Paket kann Erweiterungswörterbücher zusätzlich zum Systemwörterbuch 
verwenden. Die folgenden Wörterbücher sind gegenwärtig verfügbar:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../anthy.templates:1001
msgid 
 base.t: Anthy specific words which are compatible with cannadic.\n
 extra.t: Anthy specific words which are not compatible with cannadic.\n
 2ch.t: Dialects used in 2ch, the biggest Japanese web discussion group.
msgstr 
 base.t:  Anthy-spezifische Wörter, welche mit Cannadic kompatibel sind.\n
 extra.t: Anthy-spezifische Wörter, welche nicht mit Cannadic kompatibel\n
  sind.\n
 2ch.t:   Dialekte, die in 2ch, der größten japanischen Web-Diskussions-\n
  Gruppe, verwendet werden.



Bug#407843: atlas3: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2007-01-21 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: atlas3
Version: 3.6.0-20.3
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared a translation of the po-debconf template into German.
Please include it in debian/po.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: atlas3 3.6.0-20.3\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-03 19:18+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-21 14:51-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../atlas3-3dnow.templates:1001
msgid The running cpu cannot execute 3dnow code
msgstr Die laufende CPU kann keinen 3dnow-Code ausführen

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../atlas3-3dnow.templates:1001
msgid 
You are installing 3dnow enhanced atlas libs on a system which cannot 
execute them.  This is most likely because your processor is not an AMD K6 
or higher.  This package will go ahead and install the libs, but not set the 
runtime linker on this machine to use them.  You can later perform this 
configuration with dpkg-reconfigure atlas3-3dnow.
msgstr 
Sie installieren 3dnow-erweiterte Atlas-Bibliotheken auf einem System, das 
diese nicht ausführen kann. Dies ist sehr wahrscheinlich der Fall, da Ihr 
Prozessor kein AMD K6 oder höher ist. Dieses Paket wird damit fortfahren, 
die Bibliotheken zu installieren, aber es wird den Laufzeit-Linker nicht 
dahingehend einrichten, dass er sie verwendet. Sie können diese 
Konfiguration später durch »dpkg-reconfigure atlas3-3dnow« ändern.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../atlas3-2.0.templates:1001
msgid The running cpu cannot execute 2.0 code
msgstr Die laufende CPU kann keinen 2.0-Code ausführen

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../atlas3-2.0.templates:1001
msgid 
You are installing 2.0 enhanced atlas libs on a system which cannot execute 
them.  This is most likely because your processor is not an hppa 2.0 or 
higher.  This package will go ahead and install the libs, but not set the 
runtime linker on this machine to use them.  You can later perform this 
configuration with dpkg-reconfigure atlas3-2.0.
msgstr 
Sie installieren 2.0-erweiterte Atlas-Bibliotheken auf einem System, das 
diese nicht ausführen kann. Dies ist sehr wahrscheinlich der Fall, da Ihr 
Prozessor kein hppa 2.0 oder höher ist. Dieses Paket wird damit fortfahren, 
die Bibliotheken zu installieren, aber es wird den Laufzeit-Linker nicht 
dahingehend einrichten, dass er sie verwendet. Sie können diese 
Konfiguration später durch »dpkg-reconfigure atlas3-2.0« ändern.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../atlas3-altivec.templates:1001
msgid The running cpu cannot execute ALTIVEC code
msgstr Die laufende CPU kann keinen ALTIVEC-Code ausführen

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../atlas3-altivec.templates:1001
msgid 
You are installing ALTIVEC enhanced atlas libs on a system which cannot 
execute them.  This is most likely because your processor is not a powerpc 
G4 or higher.  This package will go ahead and install the libs, but not set 
the runtime linker on this machine to use them.  You can later perform this 
configuration with dpkg-reconfigure atlas3-altivec.
msgstr 
Sie installieren ALTIVEC-erweiterte Atlas-Bibliotheken auf einem System, das 
diese nicht ausführen kann. Dies ist sehr wahrscheinlich der Fall, da Ihr 
Prozessor kein Powerpc G4 oder höher ist. Dieses Paket wird damit 
fortfahren, die Bibliotheken zu installieren, aber es wird den 
Laufzeit-Linker nicht dahingehend einrichten, dass er sie verwendet. Sie 
können diese Konfiguration später durch »dpkg-reconfigure atlas3-altivec« 
ändern.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../atlas3-ev6.templates:1001
msgid The running cpu cannot execute EV6 code
msgstr Die laufende CPU kann keinen EV6-Code ausführen

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../atlas3-ev6.templates:1001
msgid 
You are installing EV6 enhanced atlas libs on a system which cannot execute 
them.  This is most likely because your processor is not an alpha EV6 or 
higher.  This package will go ahead

Bug#407703: clamav-data: [INTL:de] Update of German po-debconf template translation

2007-01-20 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: clamav-data
Version: 20070105.014100.2414
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared an update for the German translation of the po-debconf
template.  Please include it in your package.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Erik Schanze [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2004.
# Marc Haber [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2004.
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: clamav-data 20070105.014100.2414\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-13 18:56+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-20 12:24-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Generate daily warning e-mails on outdated data files?
msgstr Sollen bei veralteten Datendateien Warnungen per Email erzeugt werden?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
This package contains a _static_ database of virus patterns for clamav. 
Since this can be leading to a false sense of security, the package can 
generate warnings out of cron.daily if the static databases are older than 
two months.
msgstr 
Dieses Paket enthält eine _statische_ Datenbank an Virusdefinitionen für 
Clamav. Weil dies zu einem falschen Gefühl von Sicherheit führen kann, 
kann das Paket aus cron.daily Warnungen erzeugen, wenn die statische 
Datenbank älter als 2 Monate ist.



Bug#407764: acidlab: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2007-01-20 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: acidlab
Version: 0.9.6b20-16
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared a translation of the po-debconf template into German.
Please include it in debian/po.

Note: The last word from the last msgid 'as' should be removed.  And the
config script does not ask for a user name for the archive database.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: acidlab 0.9.6b20-16\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-20 17:15+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-20 21:48-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Both
msgstr Beide

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:1001
msgid None
msgstr Keiner

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1002
msgid Web server to reconfigure automatically:
msgstr Automatisch einzurichtende Webserver:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1002
msgid 
ACIDlab supports any web server that php3/php4 does, but this automatic 
configuration process only supports Apache and Apache-SSL.
msgstr 
ACIDlab untersützt jeden Webserver, der PHP3/PHP4 unterstützt, aber dieser 
automatische Konfigurationsprozess unterstützt nur Apache und Apache-SSL.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Database server type to use:
msgstr Typ des zu verwendenden Datenbank-Servers:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
ACIDlab supports MySQL, PostgreSQL and MS-SQL to retrieve event alerts from. 
This will be used for both the alert and archive databases as both must use 
the same database server type.
msgstr 
ACIDlab unterstützt MySQL, PostgreSQL und MS-SQL um Ereignisalarme zu 
beziehen. Dies wird sowohl für die Alarm- als auch die Archivdatenbank 
benutzt, da beide den selben Datenbank-Server-Typ verwenden müssen.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Alert database name:
msgstr Name der Alarmdatenbank:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
Please enter the name of your alert database. This should already have been 
setup as per snort's configuration documentation.
msgstr 
Bitte geben Sie den Namen für Ihre Alarmdatenbank ein. Diese sollte schon 
entsprechend der Dokumentation der Snort-Konfiguration eingerichtet sein.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Alert database server hostname:
msgstr Rechnername des Alarmdatenbank-Servers:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid Alert database server port number:
msgstr Port-Nummer des Alarmdatenbank-Servers:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001 ../templates:10001
msgid Please leave this blank if it is running on a standard port.
msgstr Bitte lassen Sie dies leer, falls sie auf einem Standard-Port läuft.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid Alert database user:
msgstr Benutzer für die Alarmdatenbank:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid 
Please enter the database login used by ACIDlab to connect to the alert 
database as.
msgstr 
Bitte geben Sie den Benutzernamen ein, der von ACIDlab zur Verbindung mit 
der Alarmdatenbank verwendet wird.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid Alert database password:
msgstr Passwort für die Alarmdatenbank:

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid 
Please enter the database password used by ACIDlab to connect to the alert 
database as.
msgstr 
Bitte geben Sie das Datenbankpasswort ein, das von ACIDlab zur Verbindung 
mit der Alarmdatenbank verwendet wird.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:9001
msgid Archive database server hostname:
msgstr Rechnername des Archivdatenbank-Servers:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:10001
msgid Archive database server port number:
msgstr Port-Nummer des Archivdatenbank-Servers:

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:12001
msgid Archive database password

Bug#406141: rocksndiamonds: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2007-01-08 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: rocksndiamonds
Version: 3.2.2-12
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared a translation of the po-debconf template into German.
Please include it in debian/po.

Since you depend on all the tools you mention in the 4th string why do
you need to check for them?

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2007, Matthias Julius
# This file is distributed under the same license as the rocksndiamonds package.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: rocksndiamonds 3.2.2-12\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-07 15:09+0300\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-08 20:41-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Download non-free game data?
msgstr Unfreie Spieledaten herunterladen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
These games require data files that are not available under a free software 
license and so are not distributable with Debian. This script may 
automatically download these data files from the net and install them on 
your system.
msgstr 
Diese Spiele erfordern Datendateien, die nicht unter einer freien 
Softwarelizenz verfügbar sind und somit nicht von Debian verbreitet werden 
können. Dieses Skript kann diese Datendateien aus dem Netz herunterladen und 
auf Ihrem System installieren.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Games to download data for:
msgstr Spiele, für die Daten heruntergeladen werden soll:

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Missing utilities for download or unpacking
msgstr Fehlende Werkzeuge zum Herunterladen oder Entpacken

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
The wget, 7-zip, unzip, tar are needed to either download or unpack the game 
data.
msgstr 
Die Werkzeuge wget, 7-zip, unzip und tar werden benötigt, um die Spieledaten 
entweder herunterzuladen oder zu entpacken.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
Some of them are not available on this system. You should install them and 
then reconfigure this package by using 'dpkg-reconfigure rocksndiamonds'.
msgstr 
Einige davon sind auf diesem System nicht verfügbar. Sie sollten sie 
installieren und dann dieses Paket neu einrichten, indem 
Sie »dpkg-reconfigure rocksndiamonds« aufrufen.



Bug#406148: drscheme: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2007-01-08 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: drscheme
Version: 1:352-9
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared a translation of the po-debconf template into German.
Please include it in debian/po.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)

Versions of packages drscheme depends on:
ii  libc6 2.3.6.ds1-8GNU C Library: Shared libraries
ii  libcairo2 1.2.4-4The Cairo 2D vector graphics libra
ii  libffi4   4.1.1-19   Foreign Function Interface library
ii  libfontconfig12.4.1-2generic font configuration library
ii  libfreetype6  2.2.1-5FreeType 2 font engine, shared lib
ii  libgcc1   1:4.1.1-19 GCC support library
ii  libgl1-mesa-glx [libgl1]  6.5.1-0.4  A free implementation of the OpenG
ii  libice6   1:1.0.1-2  X11 Inter-Client Exchange library
ii  libjpeg62 6b-13  The Independent JPEG Group's JPEG 
ii  libpng12-01.2.15~beta5-1 PNG library - runtime
ii  libsm61:1.0.1-3  X11 Session Management library
ii  libstdc++64.1.1-19   The GNU Standard C++ Library v3
ii  libx11-6  2:1.0.3-4  X11 client-side library
pn  libxaw8   none (no description available)
ii  libxext6  1:1.0.1-2  X11 miscellaneous extension librar
ii  libxft2   2.1.8.2-8  FreeType-based font drawing librar
ii  libxmu6   1:1.0.2-2  X11 miscellaneous utility library
ii  libxrender1   1:0.9.1-3  X Rendering Extension client libra
ii  libxt61:1.0.2-2  X11 toolkit intrinsics library
pn  mzscheme  none (no description available)
ii  xlibmesa-gl   1:7.1.0-9  transitional package for Debian et
ii  zlib1g1:1.2.3-13 compression library - runtime

drscheme recommends no packages.
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2007, Matthias Julius
# This file is distributed under the same license as the drscheme package.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: drscheme 1:352-9\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-19 04:30+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-08 22:57-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mzscheme.templates:1001
msgid Run the web server?
msgstr Den Webserver starten?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mzscheme.templates:1001
msgid 
PLT includes a fully-functional web server implementation. This server may 
be started and will continue to be brought on-line at boot time.  If so, you 
should make sure you configure the web server by visiting http://;
localhost:8000 with your web browser and following the configuration steps.
msgstr 
PLT beinhaltet eine vollständige Webserver-Implementation. Dieser Server kann 
gestartet werden und wird dann weiterhin beim Systemstart hochgefahren. Falls 
Sie dies tun, sollten Sie sicher stellen, dass Sie den Webserver durch 
Besuchen von http://localhost:8000 einrichten, indem Sie den 
Konfigurationsschritten folgen.



Bug#406150: reportbug: detects version of configured but not installed package

2007-01-08 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: reportbug
Version: 3.32
Severity: normal

When reportbug is called for a package that is configured but not
installed reportbug proceeds with its version number.  See below:

[EMAIL PROTECTED]:~$ apt-cache policy drscheme
drscheme:
  Installed: (none)
  Candidate: 1:352-6
  Version table:
 1:352-9 0
  50 http://mirror.home unstable/main Packages
 1:352-6 0
  900 http://mirror.home testing/main
  Packages
 1:301-9 0
  100 /var/lib/dpkg/status

[EMAIL PROTECTED]:~$ reportbug drscheme
*** Welcome to reportbug.  Use ? for help at prompts. ***
Detected character set: UTF-8
Please change your locale if this is incorrect.

Using 'Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]' as your from address.
Getting status for drscheme...
Checking for newer versions at packages.debian.org...

Your version (1:301-9) of drscheme appears to be out of date.
The following newer release(s) are available in the Debian archive:
  testing: 1:352-6
  unstable: 1:352-9
Do you still want to file a report [y|N|q|?]?


-- Package-specific info:
** Environment settings:
DEBEMAIL=[EMAIL PROTECTED]
EMAIL=[EMAIL PROTECTED]
NAME=Matthias Julius
INTERFACE=text

** /home/julius/.reportbugrc:
reportbug_version 3.8
mode standard
ui text
realname Matthias Julius
email [EMAIL PROTECTED]
header X-Reportbug: Yes

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)

Versions of packages reportbug depends on:
ii  python2.4.4-2An interactive high-level object-o
ii  python-central0.5.12 register and build utility for Pyt

reportbug recommends no packages.

-- no debconf information


-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to [EMAIL PROTECTED]
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact [EMAIL PROTECTED]



Bug#406029: openswan: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2007-01-07 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: openswan
Version: 1:2.4.6+dfsg.2-1
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared a translation of the po-debconf template into German.
Plaese include it in debian/po.

Note: It is not customary in English texts to insert a space character
before a question mark.  The attached patch for the master template
fixes this and a few other minor issues.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2007, Matthias Julius
# This file is distributed under the same license as the openswan package.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: openswan 1:2.4.6+dfsg.2-1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-23 23:04+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-07 22:41-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../openswan.templates.master:1001
msgid earliest, \after NFS\, \after PCMCIA\
msgstr zum frühest möglichen Zeitpunkt, nach NFS, nach PCMCIA

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../openswan.templates.master:1002
msgid At which level do you wish to start Openswan ?
msgstr Zu welchem Zeitpunkt soll Openswan gestartet werden?

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../openswan.templates.master:1002
msgid 
With the current Debian startup levels (nearly everything starting in level 
20), it is impossible for Openswan to always start at the correct time. 
There are three possibilities when Openswan can start: before or after the 
NFS services and after the PCMCIA services. The correct answer depends on 
your specific setup.
msgstr 
Bei der gegenwärtigen Debian-Startreihenfolge (fast alles startet an Position 
20) ist es unmöglich für Openswan, immer zum richtigen Zeitpunkt zu starten. 
Es gibt drei Möglichkeiten, wann Openswan starten kann: vor oder nach den 
NFS-Diensten oder nach den PCMCIA-Diensten. Die richtige Antwort hängt von 
Ihrer spezifischen Installation ab.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../openswan.templates.master:1002
msgid 
If you do not have your /usr tree mounted via NFS (either you only mount 
other, less vital trees via NFS or don't use NFS mounted trees at all) and 
don't use a PCMCIA network card, then it's best to start Openswan at the 
earliest possible time, thus allowing the NFS mounts to be secured by IPSec. 
In this case (or if you don't understand or care about this issue), answer 
\earliest\ to this question (the default).
msgstr 
Sofern Sie Ihr /usr-Verzeichnis nicht über NFS eingebunden haben (entweder 
Sie binden nur andere, weniger wichtige Verzeichnisse über NFS ein oder Sie 
verwenden überhaupt keine über NFS eingebundenen Verzeichnisse) und keine 
PCMCIA-Netzwerkkarte verwenden, ist es am Besten, Openswan zum frühest 
möglichen Zeitpunkt zu starten. Dies erlaubt es, die per NFS eingehängten 
Verzeichnisse durch IPSec abzusichern. In diesem Fall (oder falls Sie dieses 
Problem nicht verstehen oder es Sie nicht interessiert), antworten Sie »zum 
frühest möglichen Zeitpunkt« (Voreinstellung) auf diese Frage.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../openswan.templates.master:1002
msgid 
If you have your /usr tree mounted via NFS and don't use a PCMCIA network 
card, then you will need to start Openswan after NFS so that all necessary 
files are available. In this case, answer \after NFS\ to this question. 
Please note that the NFS mount of /usr can not be secured by IPSec in this 
case.
msgstr 
Falls Sie Ihr /usr-Verzeichnis über NFS eingebunden haben und keine 
PCMCIA-Netzwerkkarte verwenden, müssen Sie Openswan nach NFS starten, damit 
alle notwendigen Dateien verfügbar sind. In diesem Fall antworten Sie »nach 
NFS« auf diese Frage. Bitte beachten Sie, dass das Einhängen von /usr über 
NFS in diesem Fall nicht durch IPSec abgesichert werden kann.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../openswan.templates.master:1002
msgid 
If you use a PCMCIA network card for your IPSec connections, then you only 
have to choose to start it after the PCMCIA services. Answer \after PCMCIA
\ in this case. This is also the correct answer if you want to fetch keys 
from a locally running DNS server with DNSSec support.
msgstr 
Falls Sie eine PCMCIA-Netzwerkkarte für Ihre IPSec-Verbindungen verwenden, 
brauchen Sie nur zu wählen, dass es nach den PCMCIA-Diensten gestartet wird. 
Antworten Sie »nach PCMCIA« in diesem Fall. Dies ist auch die richtige 
Antwort, falls Sie Schlüssel von einem lokal laufenden DNS-Server mit 
DNSSec-Unterstützung abrufen möchten.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../openswan.templates.master:2001

Bug#405635: em8300: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2007-01-04 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: em8300
Version: 0.16.0-1
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared a translation of the template for po-debconf into
German.  Please include it in debian/po.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2007, Matthias Julius
# This file is distributed under the same license as the em8300 package.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: em8300 0.16.0-1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-19 10:53+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-04 23:57-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../em8300.templates:1001
msgid Download microcode image from the Web?
msgstr Microcode-Image aus dem Internet laden?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../em8300.templates:1001
msgid 
The upstream developers have tried several microcode images and selected the 
one that works best on various cards. Therefore, this microcode image is 
probably better than the ones you can get from your Windows drivers. The 
upstream developers have made it available for download on their website.
msgstr 
Die Entwickler dieses Programms haben verschiedene Microcode-Images getestet 
und dasjenige ausgewählt, das am Besten mit verschiedenen Karten 
funktioniert. Deshalb ist dieses Microcode-Image wahrscheinlich besser als 
diejenigen, die Sie von Ihren Windows-Treibern bekommen können. Die 
Entwickler haben es zum Herunterladen auf deren Website zur Verfügung 
gestellt.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../em8300.templates:1001
msgid 
However, because of some legal issues, this microcode image cannot be 
distributed by Debian. If you do not want to download it, you can still 
extract the appropriate microcode image(s) from the Windows .vxd file, using 
em8300mc_ex.
msgstr 
Aufgrund von rechtlichen Problemen kann dieses Microcode-Image jedoch von 
Debian nicht verbreitet werden. Falls Sie es nicht herunterladen möchten, 
können die entsprechenden Microcode-Images immer noch aus der 
Windows-.vxd-Datei unter Verwendung von em8300mc_ex extrahieren.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../em8300.templates:1001
msgid 
Warning: If /lib/firmware/em8300.bin already exists on your system, it will 
be overwritten by the downloaded file.
msgstr 
Warnung: Falls /lib/firmware/em8300.bin schon auf Ihrem System existiert, 
wird es von der heruntergeladenen Datei überschrieben.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../em8300.templates:2001
msgid Failed to download microcode image
msgstr Herunterladen des Microcode-Images fehlgeschlagen

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../em8300.templates:2001
msgid 
The microcode image was not downloaded from the upstream authors' web site. 
You probably won't be able to use your MPEG decoder card until you download 
a microcode image.
msgstr 
Das Microcode-Image wurde nicht von der Website der Programmautoren 
heruntergeladen. Sie werden Ihre MPEG-Dekoder-Karte möglicherweise nicht 
verwenden können, bis Sie ein Microcode-Image heruntergeladen haben.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../em8300.templates:2001
msgid 
To retry, run \dpkg-reconfigure em8300\ as root, or download it from\n
  http://dxr3.sourceforge.net/download/em8300.uc\n;
and save it as \/lib/firmware/em8300.bin\.
msgstr 
Um den Versuch zu wiederholen führen Sie »dpkg-reconfigure em8300« als root 
aus oder laden Sie es von\n
  http://dxr3.sourceforge.net/download/em8300.uc\n;
herunter und speichern es als »/lib/firmware/em8300.bin«.

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../em8300.templates:3001
msgid None${files}
msgstr Keine ${files}

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../em8300.templates:3002
msgid Primary microcode:
msgstr Primärer Microcode:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../em8300.templates:3002
msgid 
This will copy a microcode image previously installed in /usr/share/em8300/ 
to /lib/firmware/em8300.bin and use it.
msgstr 
Dies wird ein Microcode-Image, welches zuvor in /usr/share/em8300/ 
installiert wurde, nach /lib/firmware/em8300.bin kopieren und verwenden.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../em8300.templates:4001
msgid Delete old firmware directory?
msgstr Das alte Firmware-Verzeichnis löschen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../em8300.templates:4001
msgid 
Multiple microcode images seem to be installed in /usr/share/em8000/. 
Support for multiple microcode images has been removed from this version, so 
if you wish to continue using multiple microcode images, you will have to 
keep these files and handle the situation manually. You

Bug#397017: Snort 2.3.3-10 does not contain de.po

2007-01-01 Thread Matthias Julius
reopen 397017
thanks

The current snort package (2.3.3-10) does not contain debian/po/de.po

Matthias




Bug#405258: schooltool: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2007-01-01 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: schooltool
Version: 0.11.4-3
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared a translation of the template for po-debconf into
German.  Please include it in debian/po.

In contrast to the other strings the last string mentions a SchoolBell
database.  Is this correct?

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2007, Matthias Julius
# This file is distributed under the same license as the schooltool package.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: schooltool 0.11.4-3\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-07-13 09:27+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-02 00:33-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../schooltool.templates:1001
msgid Network interfaces for SchoolTool XML web services:
msgstr Netzwerkschnittstellen für die Web-Dienste von SchoolTool XML:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../schooltool.templates:1001 ../schooltool.templates:2001
#: ../schooltool.templates:3001 ../schooltool.templates:4001
msgid 
Please enter a space separated list of [address:]port values that you would 
like the server to listen on.
msgstr 
Bitte geben Sie eine durch Leerzeichen getrennte Liste von Adressen in der 
Form [Adresse:]Port ein, an denen der Server Verbindungen annehmen soll.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../schooltool.templates:1001 ../schooltool.templates:3001
msgid 
This interface is used by SchoolTool for communicating with non-HTML clients 
such as the SchoolTool and 3rd party clients (e.g. Mozilla Calendar). XML 
and iCalendar messages can be PUT or GET to this interface via HTTP allowing 
access to all SchoolTool functionality.
msgstr 
Diese Schnittstelle wird von SchoolTool zur Kommunikation mit 
nicht-HTML-Clients wie der SchoolTool-Client sowie Clients von Drittanbietern 
(z. B. Mozilla Calendar) verwendet. XML- und iCalendar-Nachrichten können 
über PUT oder GET an diese Schnittstelle über HTTP gesendet werden. Dies 
erlaubt den Zugang zur gesamten Funktionalität von SchoolTool.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../schooltool.templates:2001
msgid Network interfaces for the HTML browser interface
msgstr Netzwerkschnittstellen für die HTML-Browser-Schnittstelle:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../schooltool.templates:2001
msgid 
The HTML interface provides access to SchoolTool via any standard web 
browser.
msgstr 
Die HTML-Schnittstelle ermöglicht den Zugang zu SchoolTool über einen 
Standard-Web-Browser.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../schooltool.templates:3001
msgid Network interfaces for SchoolTool XML web services (SSL):
msgstr Netzwerkschnittstellen für die Web-Dienste von SchoolTool XML (SSL):

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../schooltool.templates:3001 ../schooltool.templates:4001
msgid 
This is an SSL version of this interface and will only accept SSL 
connections.
msgstr 
Dies ist eine SSL-Version dieser Schnittstelle, die nur SSL-Verbindungen 
akzeptiert.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../schooltool.templates:4001
msgid Network interfaces for the HTML browser interface (SSL)
msgstr Netzwerkschnittstellen für die HTML-Browser-Schnittstelle (SSL):

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../schooltool.templates:4001
msgid The web interface provides access to SchoolTool via any standard web browser.
msgstr 
Die Web-Schnittstelle ermöglicht den Zugang zu SchoolTool über einen 
Standard-Web-Browser.

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../schooltool.templates:5001
msgid Create self-signed certificate
msgstr Selbstsigniertes Zertifikat erzeugen

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../schooltool.templates:5001
msgid Import certificate
msgstr Zertifikat importieren

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../schooltool.templates:5002
msgid Method for setting up the SSL certificate:
msgstr Methode zur Einrichtung des SSL-Zertifikates:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../schooltool.templates:5002
msgid 
You can create a self-signed root certificate that can be imported into web 
browsers. The certificate can be copied from /etc/schooltool/cert.pem.
msgstr 
Sie können ein selbstsigniertes root-Zertifikat erzeugen, das in Web-Browser 
importiert werden kann. Das Zertifikat kann von /etc/schooltool/cert.pem 
kopiert werden.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../schooltool.templates:5002
msgid 
You can also import a certificate, for instance

Bug#404902: phpqladmin: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2006-12-28 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: phpqladmin
Version: 2.2.8-2
Severity: minor

I have prepared a translation of the template for po-debconf into
German.  Please include it in debian/po.

Matthias
-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)


-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to [EMAIL PROTECTED]
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact [EMAIL PROTECTED]



Bug#404902: phpqladmin: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2006-12-28 Thread Matthias Julius
tags 404902 l10n patch
thanks

And here is actually the translated file.

Matthias
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2006, Matthias Julius
# This file is distributed under the same license as the phpqladmin package.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: phpqladmin 2.2.8-2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-19 01:18+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-28 20:46-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Apache, Apache-SSL, Both, None
msgstr Apache, Apache-SSL, Beide, Keine

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1002
msgid Which web server would you like to reconfigure automatically?
msgstr Welche Webserver sollen automatisch konfiguriert werden?

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1002
msgid 
phpQLAdmin supports any web server that PHP4 does, but this automatic 
configuration process only supports Apache and Apache-SSL.
msgstr 
phpQLAdmin unterstützt jeden Webserver, der PHP4 unterstützt. Aber dieser 
automatische Konfigurationsprozess unterstützt nur Apache und Apache-SSL.



Bug#404587: mydns: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2006-12-26 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: mydns
Version: 1:1.1.0-6
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared a translation of the po-debconf template into German.
Please include it in debian/po.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2006, Matthias Julius
# This file is distributed under the same license as the mydns package.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: mydns 1:1.1.0-6\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-11-05 04:42+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-26 11:14-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../mydns-mysql.templates:1001
msgid What is the hostname of the machine on which the database will run?
msgstr Wie lautet der Name des Rechners, auf dem die Datenbank laufen soll?

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../mydns-mysql.templates:1001
msgid 
Enter the name of the machine that will host the MyDNS database. If the 
MySQL port is not 3306 (standard), then you can enter it in the form: host:
port.
msgstr 
Geben Sie den Namen des Rechners ein, der die MyDNS-Datenbank beherbergen 
soll. Falls der MySQL-Port nicht 3306 (standard) ist, können Sie ihn in der 
Form »Rechnername:Port« eingeben.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../mydns-mysql.templates:2001
msgid What is the database name for the MyDNS database?
msgstr Wie lautet der Name der Datenbank für MyDNS?

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../mydns-mysql.templates:2001
msgid Enter the name for the database where MyDNS will store and fetch data.
msgstr Geben Sie den Namen der Datenbank ein, in der MyDNS Daten speichern wird.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mydns-mysql.templates:3001
msgid Would you like to set up the database and tables automatically?
msgstr Möchten Sie die Datenbank und Tabellen automatisch einrichten?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mydns-mysql.templates:3001
msgid 
MyDNS could initialise and upgrade your database and tables automatically. 
You'll need access to a MySQL root user for the script to work properly.
msgstr 
MyDNS kann Ihre Datenbank automatisch initialisieren und aktualisieren. Sie 
benötigen Zugang zu einem MySQL-Administrator-Konto, damit das Skript richtig 
funktioniert.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../mydns-mysql.templates:4001
msgid What is the username of the MySQL administrator?
msgstr Wie lautet der Benutzername des MySQL-Administrators?

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../mydns-mysql.templates:4001
msgid 
You need to enter the username of a MySQL administrator in order to create 
the MyDNS database.
msgstr 
Sie müssen den Benutzernamen eines MySQL-Administrators eingeben, um die 
MyDNS-Datenbank anlegen zu können.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../mydns-mysql.templates:5001
msgid Enter the MySQL administrator password
msgstr Geben Sie das MySQL-Administrator-Passwort ein.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../mydns-mysql.templates:5001
msgid Type \none\ if there is no password for MySQL administration.
msgstr 
Geben Sie »none« ein, falls kein Passwort zur MySQL-Administration benötigt 
wird.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../mydns-mysql.templates:6001
msgid What is the MyDNS username?
msgstr Wie lautet der MyDNS-Benutzername?

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../mydns-mysql.templates:6001
msgid This is the username that MyDNS uses to connect to the database.
msgstr 
Dies ist der Benutzername, den MyDNS verwendet, um sich mit der Datenbank zu 
verbinden.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../mydns-mysql.templates:7001
msgid What is the MyDNS user password?
msgstr Wie lautet das MyDNS-Passwort?

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../mydns-mysql.templates:7001
msgid Hit \enter\ for the default which is \mydns\.
msgstr Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste, um die Voreinstellung »mydns« zu verwenden.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mydns-mysql.templates:8001
msgid Do you want to purge the database when you purge this package?
msgstr 
Möchten Sie die Datenbank löschen, wenn Sie dieses Paket vollständig 
entfernen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mydns-mysql.templates:8001
msgid 
Accept here, if you want to drop the database and the associated user when 
you will purge the package.
msgstr 
Akzeptieren Sie hier, falls Sie die Datenbank und den assoziierten Benutzer 
löschen möchten, wenn Sie das Paket vollständig entfernen.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../mydns-mysql.templates:9001
msgid Confirm this password
msgstr Bestätigen Sie das Passwort.

#. Type: password
#. Description

Bug#404332: mtop: [INTL:de] Update of German po-debconf template translation

2006-12-23 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: mtop
Version: 0.6.6-1.1
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have updated the German translation of the template for po-debconf.
Please include it in debian/po.

http://www.debian.org/international/l10n/po-debconf/errors-by-pkg#Pmtop
complains about a not up to date po file for the mtop package.  The fix
is to call debconf-updatepo from whithin the clean target of
debian/rules.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: mtop 0.6.6-1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-11-29 15:59+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-23 12:08-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../mtop.templates:1001
msgid MySQL host name:
msgstr MySQL-Rechnername:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../mtop.templates:1001
msgid Please enter the host name of the MySQL server which you want to monitor.
msgstr Bitte geben Sie den Rechnernamen des MySQL-Servers ein, den Sie überwachen möchten.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../mtop.templates:2001
msgid MySQL port number:
msgstr MySQL-Port-Nummer:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../mtop.templates:2001
msgid Please enter the port number MySQL listens on.
msgstr Bitte geben Sie die Nummer des Ports ein, an dem MySQL Verbindungen erwartet.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../mtop.templates:3001
msgid Name of your database's administrative user:
msgstr Benutzername des Datenbank-Administrators:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../mtop.templates:3001
msgid 
Please enter the username of MySQL administrator (needed for creating the 
mysqltop user).
msgstr 
Bitte geben Sie den Benutzernamen des MySQL-Administrators ein (wird zum 
Anlegen des mysqltop-Benutzers benötigt).

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../mtop.templates:4001
msgid Password of your database's administrative user:
msgstr Passwort des Datenbank-Administrators:

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../mtop.templates:4001
msgid Enter \none\ if there is no password for MySQL administration.
msgstr 
Geben Sie »none« ein, wenn kein Passwort für die MySQL-Administration 
benötigt wird.



Bug#404370: chillispot: [INTL:de] Update for German po-debconf template translation

2006-12-23 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: chillispot
Version: 1.0-3
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared an update for the German translation of the po-debconf
template.  Please include it in debian/po.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2006, Matthias Julius
# This file is distributed under the same license as the chillispot package.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: chillispot 1.0-1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-09 23:34-0500\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-24 00:31-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../chillispot.templates:1001
msgid Would you like to handle configuration through debconf?
msgstr Möchten Sie die Einstellungen mittels Debconf verwalten?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../chillispot.templates:1001
msgid 
This assistant can handle basic Chillispot configuration for you,  asking a 
few questions. Later you can adjust config by editing '/etc/chilli.conf'. 
However you should have to previously setup the radius server and UAM server 
in order to have it properly working.
msgstr 
Dieser Assistent kann die Basiskonfiguration von Chillispot für Sie 
erledigen. Er wird einige Fragen stellen. Später können Sie die Einstellungen 
anpassen, indem Sie /etc/chilli.conf editieren. Jedoch sollten Sie vorher den 
Radius-Server und den UAM-Server einrichten, damit alles funktioniert.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../chillispot.templates:2001
msgid IP address of radius server 1:
msgstr IP-Adresse von Radius-Server 1:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../chillispot.templates:2001
msgid 
Radius server handles accounting for the hotspot. Enter the IP address for 
the first radius server.
msgstr 
Ein Radius-Server verwaltet die Buchführung für den Hotspot. Geben Sie die 
IP-Adresse für den ersten Radius-Server ein.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../chillispot.templates:3001
msgid IP address for radius server 2:
msgstr IP-Adresse von Radius-Server 2:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../chillispot.templates:3001
msgid Second radius server acts as backup for hotspot accounting.
msgstr Der zweite Radius-Server fungiert als Backup für die Hotspot-Buchführung.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../chillispot.templates:3001
msgid 
If you have only one radius server you should enter the same IP address for 
radius server 1.
msgstr 
Falls Sie nur einen Radius-Server haben, sollten Sie die selbe IP-Adresse wie 
für den Radius-Server 1 eintragen.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../chillispot.templates:4001
msgid Radius shared secret:
msgstr Gemeinsames Geheimnis für Radius:

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../chillispot.templates:4001
msgid  This is the password shared on both radius servers.
msgstr Dies ist das Passwort, das von beiden Radius-Servern verwendet wird.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../chillispot.templates:5001
msgid Ethernet interface for DHCP to listen:
msgstr Ethernet-Schnittstelle, an der DHCP-Verbindungen erwartet werden sollen:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../chillispot.templates:5001
msgid 
Chillispot has an internal DHCP server which will assign IP addresses to the 
clients. You need to specify the interface which is connected to the access 
points.
msgstr 
Chillispot hat einen internen DHCP-Server, der den Clients IP-Adressen 
zuteilen wird. Sie müssen die Schnittstelle angeben, die mit der Basisstation 
(Access Point) verbunden ist.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../chillispot.templates:5001
msgid In a typical configuration this should be set to 'eth1'.
msgstr Bei einer typischen Konfiguration sollte dies auf »eth1« gesetzt werden.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../chillispot.templates:6001
msgid URL of UAM server:
msgstr URL des UAM-Servers:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../chillispot.templates:6001
msgid 
User authorization is handled by a UAM server, which can be a webserver. You 
need to enter the URL for this component.
msgstr 
Die Benutzerautorisierung wird von einem UAM-Server durchgeführt. Dies kann 
ein Webserver sein. Sie müssen die URL für diese Komponente eingeben.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../chillispot.templates:6001
msgid Normally this is a cgi program like 'https://yourserver/hotspotlogin.cgi'
msgstr 
Normalerweise ist dies ein CGI-Programm wie 
»https://ihrserver/hotspotlogin.cgi«.;

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../chillispot.templates:7001
msgid URL of UAM homepage:
msgstr URL der UAM-Homepage:

#. Type: string

Bug#404160: phpbb2: [INTL:de] German po-debconf translation

2006-12-21 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: phpbb2
Version: 2.0.21-5
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared a translation of the po-debconf template into German.
Please include it in debian/po.

Note: The template states that all webservers are supported that support
PHP4.  However, the Depends: list PHP5 as an alternative as well.  Maybe
that string needs to be updated.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-3-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2006, Matthias Julius
# This file is distributed under the same license as the phpbb2 package.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: phpbb2 2.0.21-5\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Jeroen van Wolffelaar [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-01 13:15+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-21 23:44-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../phpbb2-conf-mysql.templates:1001
msgid Overwrite your current configuration?
msgstr Ihre gegenwärtige Konfiguration überschreiben?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../phpbb2-conf-mysql.templates:1001
msgid 
An existing configuration file for the database has been found as /etc/
phpbb2/config.php
msgstr 
Eine existierende Konfigurationsdatei für die Datenbank wurde in 
/etc/phpbb2/config.php gefunden.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../phpbb2-conf-mysql.templates:1001
msgid 
Select this if you want to redo this setup. No database will be destroyed, 
but any customization of /etc/phpbb2/config.php will be lost.
msgstr 
Wählen Sie dies, falls Sie die Einstellungen neu vornehmen möchten. Keine 
Datenbank wird zerstört, aber jegliche Anpassungen von /etc/phpbb2/config.php 
werden überschrieben.

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../phpbb2-conf-mysql.templates:2001
msgid Create, Populate, None
msgstr Erzeugen, Tabellen anlegen, Nichts

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../phpbb2-conf-mysql.templates:2002
msgid Database creation
msgstr Erzeugung der Datenbank

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../phpbb2-conf-mysql.templates:2002
msgid 
If you have not yet created a database and want to do so now, choose \Create
\.
msgstr 
Falls Sie noch keine Datenbank erzeugt haben und dies jetzt tun möchten, 
wählen Sie »Erzeugen«.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../phpbb2-conf-mysql.templates:2002
msgid 
If you have created a database that currently has no tables and want to 
create the tables now, choose \Populate\.
msgstr 
Falls Sie eine Datenbank erzeugt haben, die aber noch keine Tabellen hat, und 
Sie möchten die Tabellen jetzt anlegen, wählen Sie »Tabellen anlegen«.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../phpbb2-conf-mysql.templates:2002
msgid If none of the above options applies to you, choose \None\.
msgstr Falls keine der obigen Möglichkeiten für Sie passt, wählen Sie »Nichts«.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../phpbb2-conf-mysql.templates:3001
msgid What is the hostname of your database server?
msgstr Wie lautet der Rechnername Ihres Datenbank-Servers?

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../phpbb2-conf-mysql.templates:3001
msgid If your database is local, accept the default of 'localhost'.
msgstr 
Falls Ihre Datenbank lokal ist, akzeptieren Sie die Voreinstellung 
»localhost«.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../phpbb2-conf-mysql.templates:3001
msgid 
If your database is on a separate computer, then you will need to enter the 
resolvable domain name for that computer.
msgstr 
Falls sich Ihre Datenbank auf einem separaten Rechner befindet, geben Sie den 
Domain-Namen dieses Rechners ein.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../phpbb2-conf-mysql.templates:4001
msgid What name do you want for the database?
msgstr Welchen Namen möchten Sie der Datenbank geben?

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../phpbb2-conf-mysql.templates:4001
msgid 
All users, posts, etc., are stored in a single database. What would you like 
to name it?
msgstr 
Alle Benutzer, Nachrichten u. s. w., werden in einer einzigen Datenbank 
gespeichert. Wie soll sie benannt werden?

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../phpbb2-conf-mysql.templates:5001
msgid What database username do you want to use?
msgstr Welchen Benutzernamen möchten Sie für die Datenbank verwenden?

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../phpbb2-conf-mysql.templates:5001
msgid 
A database-user dedicated to running phpBB will be created, in the interest 
of security.
msgstr 
Im Sinne der Sicherheit wird ein Datenbankbenutzer speziell zum Betreiben von 
phpBB angelegt.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../phpbb2-conf-mysql.templates:6001
msgid What database password do you want to use?
msgstr

Bug#399661: Simplistic workaround

2006-12-20 Thread Matthias Julius
An even simpler workaround is this:

# wget 
http://snapshot.debian.net/archive/2006/10/13/debian/pool/main/s/subversion/subversion-tools_1.4.0-5_all.deb
# dpkg -i subversion-tools_1.4.0-5_all.deb

Matthias



-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to [EMAIL PROTECTED]
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact [EMAIL PROTECTED]



Bug#369582: Announce of the upcoming NMU for the ocfs2-tools package

2006-12-14 Thread Matthias Julius
Here is the German translation.

Matthias
# translation of po-debconf template to German
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: ocfs2-tools 1.2.1-1.2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-05 19:10+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-14 21:25-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../ocfs2-tools.templates:1001
msgid Would you like to start an OCFS2 cluster (O2CB) at boot time?
msgstr Möchten Sie, dass ein OCFS2-Cluster (O2CB) beim Systemstart gestartet wird?

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ocfs2-tools.templates:2001
msgid Name of the cluster to start at boot time:
msgstr Name des Clusters, der beim Systemstart gestartet werden soll:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ocfs2-tools.templates:3001
msgid O2CB heartbeat threshold:
msgstr Grenzwert des O2BC-Heartbeats:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ocfs2-tools.templates:3001
msgid 
The O2CB heartbeat threshold sets up the maximum time in seconds that a node 
awaits for an I/O operation. After it, the node \fences\ itself, and you 
will probably see a crash.
msgstr 
Der Grenzwert des O2CB-Heartbeats bestimmt die maximale Zeit in Sekunden, die 
ein Knoten für eine E/A-Operation abwartet. Danach »grenzt« sich der Knoten 
aus, und Sie werden wahrscheinlich einen Absturz beobachten.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ocfs2-tools.templates:3001
msgid It is calculated as the result of: (threshold - 1) x 2.
msgstr Er ist berechnet als das Ergebnis von: (Grenzwert - 1) x 2.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ocfs2-tools.templates:3001
msgid Its default value is 7 (12 seconds).
msgstr Der voreingestellte Wert ist 7 (12 Sekunden).

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ocfs2-tools.templates:3001
msgid Raise it if you have slow disks and/or crashes with kernel messages like:
msgstr 
Erhöhen Sie ihn, falls Sie langsame Festplatten und/oder Abstürze haben mit 
Kernel-Meldungen wie:



Bug#345142: Announce of the upcoming NMU for the nufw package

2006-12-13 Thread Matthias Julius
This is the German translation of the po-debconf template.

Matthias


de.po.bz2
Description: Binary data


Bug#349993: Announce of the upcoming NMU for the wflogs package

2006-12-09 Thread Matthias Julius
Christian,

this is the translation into German.

#: ../templates:11002 and #: ../templates:12001 as well as 
#: ../templates:27001 and #: ../templates:28001 are nearly the same.
#Maybe you can consolidate that.

Matthias

# translation of po-debconf template to German
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: wflogs 0.9.8-5.2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-12-05 07:41+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-09 15:37-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Configuration of this package.
msgstr Einrichtung dieses Pakets.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
You'll now choose the settings used to generate the report stored on disk. 
Then you'll be asked if you want to use the same settings for the report on 
email. If not, you'll be able to choose them.
msgstr 
Sie werden jetzt die Einstellungen auswählen, die verwendet werden, wenn der 
Bericht generiert wird, der auf der Festplatte gespeichert wird. Danach 
werden Sie gefragt, ob Sie die selben Einstellungen für den E-Mail-Bericht 
verwenden wollen. Falls nicht, haben Sie die Gelegenheit, diese zu wählen.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Don't be surprised if you are asked some more questions.
msgstr 
Seien Sie nicht überrascht, wenn Ihnen einige zusätzliche Fragen gestellt 
werden.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
The email report will be in text mode, but the disk report will use a 
different output module, proposing different options.  So it may happen that 
some settings you choose for the disk report won't apply to the email report.
msgstr 
Der E-Mail-Bericht wird im Textmodus erstellt, aber der Bericht auf 
Festplatte verwendet ein anderes Ausgabemodul, das verschiedene Möglichkeiten 
anbietet. Deshalb kann es passieren, dass manche Einstellungen, die Sie für 
den Festplatten-Bericht wählen, für den E-Mail-Bericht nicht relevant sind.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Do you want to set read permissions to www-data group?
msgstr Soll die Gruppe www-data Leseberechtigung bekommen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
According to your previous choice, reports will be stored in /var/www/
wflogs/. By default this package sets restrictive permissions to this 
directory and reports stored into it for security reasons. However if you 
want, you can add read access to the www-data group, so that you can 
visualize reports with a web browser.
msgstr 
Entsprechend Ihrer vorherigen Auswahl, werden die Berichte in 
/var/www/wflogs/ gespeichert. In der Voreinstellung setzt dieses Paket aus 
Sicherheitsgründen restriktive Berechtigungen für dieses Verzeichnis und die 
Berichte, die in ihm gespeichert werden. Jedoch können Sie Lesezugriff für 
die Gruppe www-data erlauben, sodass Sie Berichte mittels eines Web-Browsers 
visualisieren können.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Generate daily report on disk? 
msgstr Täglichen Bericht auf Festplatte erzeugen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid 
This package can generate a daily report stored on disk and can also produce 
an optional daily report sent by email. You'll be able to choose the output 
module used to generate the disk report, but if you want an email report it 
will be generated with text module. Both reports can be generated with the 
same settings or different ones.
msgstr 
Dieses Paket kann einen täglichen Bericht erzeugen, der auf Festplatte 
gespeichert wird, sowie einen optionalen täglichen Bericht, der als E-Mail 
gesendet wird. Sie können das Ausgabemodul wählen, das zur Erzeugung des 
Festplatten-Berichts verwendet wird. Aber falls Sie sich für den 
E-Mail-Bericht entscheiden, wird dieser durch das Textmodul generiert. Beide 
Berichte können mit den selben oder mit unterschiedlichen Einstellungen 
erzeugt werden.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid Send daily report by mail?
msgstr Täglichen Bericht per E-Mail senden?

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid Email address to send the daily report to:
msgstr E-Mail-Adresse, an die der tägliche Bericht gesendet werden soll

Bug#235493: Announce of the upcoming NMU for the masqmail package

2006-12-08 Thread Matthias Julius
Christian,

here is the German translation.  Attached you will also find a diff of
the templates.pot file containing some improvements (IMHO) to the
English strings.

Matthias

# translation of po-debconf template to German
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: masqmail 0.2.21-1.1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-11-26 15:13+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-08 21:22-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../masqmail.templates:1001
msgid Manage masqmail.conf using debconf?
msgstr masqmail.conf mittels Debconf verwalten?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../masqmail.templates:1001
msgid 
The /etc/masqmail/masqmail.conf file can be handled automatically by 
debconf, or manually by you.
msgstr 
Die Datei /etc/masqmail/masqmail.conf kann automatisch von Debconf oder 
manuell von Ihnen verwaltet werden.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../masqmail.templates:1001
msgid 
Note that only specific, marked sections of the configuration file will be 
handled by debconf if you select this option; if those markers are absent, 
you will have to update the file manually, or move or delete the file.
msgstr 
Beachten Sie, dass nur spezifische, markierte Abschnitte der 
Konfigurationsdatei von Debconf verwaltet werden wird, wenn Sie diese 
Möglichkeit wählen. Wenn diese Markierungen fehlen, müssen Sie die Datei 
manuell aktualisieren, oder sie verschieben oder löschen.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../masqmail.templates:2001
msgid Replace existing /etc/masqmail/masqmail.conf file?
msgstr Die existierende Datei /etc/masqmail/masqmail.conf ersetzen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../masqmail.templates:2001
msgid 
The existing /etc/masqmail/masqmail.conf file currently on the system does 
not contain a marked section for debconf to write its data.
msgstr 
Die Datei /etc/masqmail/masqmail.conf, die sich gegenwärtig auf dem System 
befindet, enthält keinen für Debconf markierten Abschnitt, um seine Daten 
hineinzuschreiben.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../masqmail.templates:2001
msgid 
If you select this option, the existing configuration file will be backed up 
to /etc/masqmail/masqmail.conf.debconf-backup and a new file written to /etc/
masqmail/masqmail.conf.  If you do not select this option, the existing 
configuration file will not be managed by debconf, and no further questions 
about masqmail configuration will be asked.
msgstr 
Falls Sie diese Möglichkeit wählen, wird die existierende Konfigurationsdatei 
als /etc/masqmail/masqmail.conf.debconf-backup gesichert und eine neue Datei 
nach /etc/masqmail/masqmail.conf geschrieben. Anderenfalls wird die 
existierende Konfigurationsdatei nicht von Debconf verwaltet, und keine 
weiteren Fragen zur Masqmail-Konfiguration werden gestellt.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../masqmail.templates:3001
msgid Masqmail host name:
msgstr Name des Masqmail-Rechners:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../masqmail.templates:3001
msgid 
Please enter the name used by Masqmail to identify itself to others. This is 
most likely your hostname. It is used in its SMTP greeting banner, for 
expanding unqualified addresses, the Message ID and so on.
msgstr 
Bitte geben Sie den Namen ein, den Masqmail verwendet, um sich bei anderen 
zu identifizieren. Dies ist sehr wahrscheinlich Ihr Hostname. Er wird im 
SMTP-Begrüßungs-Banner, zur Vervollständigung unqualifizierter Adressen, für 
Message-IDs und so weiter verwendet.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../masqmail.templates:4001
msgid Hosts considered local:
msgstr Rechner, die als lokal angesehen werden:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../masqmail.templates:4001
msgid 
Please enter a list of hosts, separated with semicolons (;), which are 
considered 'local', ie. mail to this host will be delivered to a mailbox (or 
Maildir or MDA) on this host.
msgstr 
Bitte geben Sie eine Liste von Rechnern durch Semikolons (;) getrennt ein, 
die als »lokal« angesehen werden, d. h. E-Mail an diese Rechner wird an ein 
Postfach (oder Maildir oder MDA) auf diesem Rechner geliefert.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../masqmail.templates:4001
msgid 
You will most likely insert 'localhost', your hostname in its fully 
qualified version

Bug#402258: cmap-adobe-japan1: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2006-12-08 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: cmap-adobe-japan1
Version: 0+20040605-3
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

-BEGIN PGP SIGNED MESSAGE-
Hash: SHA1

I have prepared a translation of the po-debconf template into German.
Please include it in debian/po.

During translation I noticed some rough edges on the English text.  I
would recommend to change it to something like this:

String 2
Choose the necessary group(s) of CMaps according to their importance.

String 3
The Adobe-Japan1 Character Collection consists of so many CMaps that it takes 
considerable time to register all, though rarely used ones are also included.
By unselecting the extra (and possibly optional) group(s) those rarely used 
ones are kept from being registered.

Matthias

- -- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-1-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)

-BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-
Version: GnuPG v1.4.5 (GNU/Linux)

iD8DBQFFeiyhVjBJ6EIQtCgRAmx3AKCGi0lCaLE+4DVGi99qc7rQf+v6qwCgxjSY
TmrdjSg2+zE1H88PlgpO+7Q=
=Hi4K
-END PGP SIGNATURE-
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2006, Matthias Julius
# This file is distributed under the same license as the cmap-adobe-japan1 package.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: cmap-adobe-japan1 0+20040605-3\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-19 01:49+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-08 22:18-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../cmap-adobe-japan1.templates:1001
msgid standard, optional, extra
msgstr Standard, Optional, Extra

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../cmap-adobe-japan1.templates:1002
msgid Choose the necessary group(s) of CMaps representing its importance.
msgstr Wählen Sie die notwendige Gruppe bzw. die notwendigen Gruppen von CMaps entsprechend ihrer Wichtigkeit.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../cmap-adobe-japan1.templates:1002
msgid 
Adobe-Japan1 Character Collection consists of so many CMaps that takes 
several time to register all though rarely used ones are also included. By 
Unselecting the extra (and possibly optional) group(s) those rarely used 
ones are kept from being registered.
msgstr 
Die Adobe-Japan1-Zeichensammlung besteht aus so vielen CMaps, sodass die 
Registrierung aller eine längere Zeit dauert, da auch welche enthalten sind, 
die selten verwendet werden. Durch das Abwählen der extra (und 
möglicherweise optionalen) Gruppen werden die selten verwendeten nicht 
registriert.



Bug#401490: ttf-arphic-ukai: [INTL:de] German po-debconf template translation

2006-12-03 Thread Matthias Julius
Package: ttf-arphic-ukai
Version: 0.1.20060928-2
Severity: minor
Tags: patch l10n

I have prepared a translation of the template for po-debconf into
German.  Please include it in debian/po.

Matthias

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers testing
  APT policy: (900, 'testing'), (50, 'unstable')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.18-1-amd64
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
# translation of po-debconf template to German
# Copyright (C) 2006, Matthias Julius
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ttf-arphic-ukai package.
#
# Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006.
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: ttf-arphic-ukai 0.1.20060928-2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-19 01:35+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-03 21:18-0500\n
Last-Translator: Matthias Julius [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: German debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Unicode, MBE, Both
msgstr Unicode, MBE, Beide

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1002
msgid Font variant to install:
msgstr Zu installierende Schriftartvariante:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1002
msgid 
This font contains bopomofo extended glyphs, which are used to annotate 
Chinese glyphs to show how the characters should be pronounced. These 
bopomofo extended glyphs are used for some minority languages, like 
Taiwanese and Hakka. They are mainly used in Taiwan.
msgstr 
Diese Schriftart enthält Bopomofo-Extended-Zeichen. Diese werden verwendet, 
um Anmerkungen zu chinesischen Zeichen zu machen, die zeigen, wie die 
Buchstaben betont werden sollen. Diese Bopomofo-Extended-Zeichen werden für 
manche Minderheitensprachen wie Hakka benutzt. Sie werden überwiegend in 
Taiwan verwendet.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1002
msgid 
There are two variants of these bopomofo extended glyphs in use, one which 
conforms to the Unicode standard, and one, called Modern Bopomofo Extensions 
(MBE), which aims to be easier to read and write.
msgstr 
Es sind zwei Varianten dieser Bopomofo-Extended-Zeichen in Verwendung. Die 
eine folgt dem Unicode-Standard, und die andere wird Modern Bopomofo 
Extensions (MBE) genannt, welche bestrebt ist, leichter les- und schreibbar 
zu sein.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1002
msgid 
The Unicode variant also contains the MBE variants encoded as TTF stylistic 
alternatives (SALT). As only few programs can support this feature, users 
who prefer to use the MBE glyphs should install the MBE variant. More 
information on this can be found on the project homepage: http://www.;
freedesktop.org/wiki/Software_2fCJKUnifonts
msgstr 
Die Unicode-Variante enthält auch die MBE-Varianten als TTF Stylistic 
Alternatives (SALT) kodiert. Da nur wenige Programme diese Funktion 
unterstützen, sollten Anwender, die es vorziehen, die MBE-Zeichen zu 
verwenden, die MBE-Variante installieren. Mehr Informationen darüber können 
auf der Projekt-Homepage gefunden werden: 
http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software_2fCJKUnifonts;

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1002
msgid If in doubt, please select \Unicode\.
msgstr Falls Sie sich unsicher sind, wählen Sie bitte »Unicode«.



  1   2   >